Cam Nang Hoc Ielts Tu Az Writing [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

IELTS WRITING Cẩm nang học IELTS từ A-Z

Chúng tôi là WISE ENGLISH Bạn đọc thân mến! Có một nhà thám hiểm huyền thoại từng nói “Nếu một người, vì bất kì lý do gì, có được một cuộc đời phi thường, thì người đó không được quyền giữ nó cho riêng mình”. Cũng có ai đó nói rằng “Kiến thức chỉ có giá trị khi nó được nhân rộng”. Đây chắc hẳn là lý do khiến sứ mệnh giúp các bạn trẻ Việt Nam thay đổi phương pháp học tiếng Anh không ngừng sục sôi trong trái tim đầy nhiệt huyết của đội ngũ WISE ENGLISH – những người đã và đang gặt hái được vô vàn thành công trên con đường chinh phục ngôn ngữ. WISE ENGLISH là ý tưởng được nung nấu và ấp ủ với nhiều năm không ngừng nghiên cứu, thử nghiệm, cải thiện và dần đi đến hoàn thiện. WISE ra đời, mang theo sứ mệnh cao cả là giúp các bạn trẻ Việt Nam thay đổi phương pháp học tiếng Anh theo TƯ DUY NÃO BỘ (NLP) và NGÔN NGỮ để chinh phục ngôn ngữ này một cách NHANH NHẤT và HIỆU QUẢ NHẤT. Đây cũng chính là những phương pháp đã được áp dụng thành công và mang lại những kết quả không tưởng cho chính đội ngũ nhà sáng lập của WISE ENGLISH. Trên chặng đường hoàn thiện và phát triển, WISE luôn tự hào với học viên và cả chính bản thân vì những điều khác biệt không ngừng được tạo ra từng ngày, từng giờ. Thay vì khiến học viên phải chết chìm trong phương pháp học tiếng Anh truyền thống, kém hiệu quả, phương pháp mới của WISE mở ra một cánh cửa mới cho người học, rút ngắn 80% thời gian học so với phương pháp truyền thống trên trường hoặc đang được sử dụng tại các trung tâm Anh ngữ khác. Đồng thời, WISE hướng dẫn học viên trở về học ngôn ngữ một cách TỰ NHIÊN NHẤT để cảm nhận “giai điệu” phong phú của tiếng Anh, cũng bởi vì, tiếng Anh là một ngôn ngữ tuyệt diệu và đầy cảm xúc, thứ sẽ giúp bạn thể hiện bản thân mình theo rất nhiều cách khác nhau. Sau những chặng đường gian khổ đã trải qua, những thành tựu mà WISE đã đạt được vượt trên cả những thành công về mặt lợi nhuận, là những thứ còn tuyệt vời hơn, điều mà WISE luôn ao ước, đó là có thể chạm đến, thay đổi và cải thiện trình độ tiếng Anh cho rất nhiều học viên, những người với những xuất phát điểm hoàn toàn khác nhau. WISE ENGLISH rất vui mừng khi nhìn thấy bạn đang dành thời gian của mình để có trên tay cuốn sách này. Chắc hẳn bạn đang muốn cải thiện khả năng tiếng Anh của mình và dù bạn đang loay hoay và mù mờ về mặt định hướng học tiếng Anh của mình ra sao thì hãy cứ bình tĩnh vì WISE biết cách để giúp bạn đi đúng con đường cần đi và áp dụng đúng phương pháp cần thực hiện.

LỜI NÓI ĐẦU “Study Smarter, not Harder” - WISE ENGLISH Các bạn đang cầm trên tay quyển sách “IELTS WRITING – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” được tổng hợp và biên soạn bởi đội ngũ WISE ENGLISH. Writing là một trong những kỹ năng “khoai” nhất không chỉ đối với người học IELTS mà còn đối với người học tiếng Anh nói chung. Ngay cả đối với những người bản xứ mà tác giả quyển sách đã từng có dịp làm việc và trao đổi ở Anh quốc, để viết một bài essay hay đối với họ cũng không hề đơn giản. Writing không chỉ đòi hỏi người viết phải có tư duy logic, sắp xếp ý, kỹ năng đưa ra luận điểm thuyết phục và “back up” luận điểm đó bằng những dẫn chứng và ví dụ thuyết phục, mà còn đòi hỏi người viết phải thật chuẩn ngữ pháp, cách dùng từ. Đôi khi trong một ngữ cảnh, ngữ nghĩa có rất nhiều cách dùng những từ ngữ khác nhau, vậy chọn được từ đúng, hay, lột tả được ý tưởng là câu chuyện không hề đơn giản. Đối với IELTS, không phải cứ giải nhiều đề liên tục thì kỹ năng WRITING của bạn sẽ nâng BAND điểm, bí quyết quan trọng cho bất kì bài thi là việc nắm rõ cấu trúc của đề thi, cách lập dàn bài, lên ý tưởng và dẫn chứng thuyết phục, cộng với kỹ năng viết đúng chuẩn ngữ pháp và cách dùng từ linh hoạt, vậy bạn sẽ có một bài essay tuyệt vời. Đối với các bạn mới học IELTS thì Writing lại là một kỹ năng càng khó hơn nữa, vì việc viết đúng các quy tắc ngữ pháp và dùng từ đúng ngữ cảnh và “academic” là việc các bạn hay mắc lỗi. Hiểu được vấn đề này, cuốn sách “IELTS WRITING – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” của đội ngũ WISE ENGLISH ra đời với mục tiêu giúp người học làm quen với các dạng bài của IELTS WRITING, cách lên dàn ý và viết một bài essay hoàn chỉnh, đạt điểm cao với ngữ pháp đúng chuẩn và sự lựa chọn từ vựng hợp lý.

Quyển sách này có gì? “IELTS WRITING – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” bao hàm những kiến thức căn bản giúp người học làm quen với cách viết trong bài thi IELTS Writing. Quyển sách hướng dẫn chi tiết cách làm từng dạng bài của bài thi IELTS Writing Task 1 và Task 2. Có 09 bài học nhỏ và tương ứng với mỗi bài là hướng dẫn cách viết cho từng phần bao gồm Introduction, Overview, Body, (đối với Task 1) và Introduction, Body, Conclusion (đối với Task 2). Quyển sách cũng phân loại các dạng bài Writing thường gặp như dạng biểu đồ theo thời gian – Dynamic Charts, Dạng biểu đồ không thay đổi theo thời gian – Static Charts (đối với Task 1), và dạng Opinion, Discussion, Problems and Solutions, 2-part questions… (đối với Task 2) để dễ dàng xử lý. Không chỉ có vậy, mỗi bài học đều có các Chiến lược cụ thể về cách làm bài để đạt điểm cao cũng như cách paraphrase sao cho hay và hiệu quả. Mỗi vấn đề được nêu ra đều có các Ví dụ - Examples minh họa cụ thể, hình ảnh trực quan giúp người học không bị lúng túng khi học những dạng bài mới. Bên cạnh đó, quyển sách này cung cấp cho người học rất nhiều bài luyện tập - Exercises sau mỗi bài học giúp người học có thể thực hành và ghi nhớ kiến thức sâu hơn và lâu hơn. “IELTS WRITING – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” không chỉ tập trung đi sâu khai thác vào các dạng câu hỏi phổ biển trong IELTS mà sách còn cung cấp lượng từ vựng và cấu trúc câu đa dạng phù hợp với từng văn phong viết. Từ vựng trong sách được tuyển chọn một cách kỹ lưỡng, bao gồm các từ vựng band 8.0 – 9.0 và hướng dẫn chi tiết cách dùng, nhằm giúp học viên nâng cao vốn từ vựng academic của mình hơn. Mặc dù từ vựng band cao nhưng sách được viết đơn giản, dễ hiểu, phù hợp với các bạn mới làm quen với IELTS. Trong từng bài học, sách còn thiết kết các bài tập Practice và phần Homework để bạn học có cơ hội luyện tập viết đoạn và cả bài. Phần cuối của quyển sách có đính kèm đáp án - Answer Key và câu trả lời mẫu nhằm giúp bạn có thể tham khảo và nâng cao khả năng tự học và tự cải thiện những lỗi sai của mình. Lưu ý WISE đã chọn lọc các bài essays mẫu được giám khảo chấm các band điểm từ 8.0 đến 9.0 nên các bạn hoàn toàn yên tâm học theo style của các bài mẫu này nhé.

Mặc dù các bài mẫu band cao nhưng WISE đã tuyển chọn style sao cho dễ dàng áp dụng nhất với đa số các bạn sĩ tử IELTS. Khi các bạn làm nếu muốn được sửa bài thì hãy liên hệ đến dịch vụ CHỮA BÀI WRITING của đội ngũ WISE ENGLISH để được sửa bài và góp ý sửa lỗi tận tình nhé! Vì quyển sách bằng ngôn ngữ tiếng Anh, nên trước mỗi bài (Lesson), WISE có soạn một số hướng dẫn và tóm tắt để bạn đọc tiện nắm các ý chính và dễ theo dõi. Học hoàn toàn bằng ngôn ngữ tiếng Anh cũng giúp các bạn nhanh nâng cao trình độ của mình. Đó là lý do đội ngũ WISE soạn quyển sách này hoàn toàn bằng tiếng Anh. Quyển sách cũng có nhiều hình ảnh minh họa giúp người học hiểu một cách trực quan sinh động hơn, và phát triển trí thông minh (theo các nghiên cứu của NLP – Ngôn ngữ lập trình Tư duy). Tác giả quyển sách này là ai? Cả 2 bộ sách “CHIẾN LƯỢC LÀM BÀI BAND 9.0” và “IELTS – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” là sản phẩm do đội ngũ Giáo Viên và Phát triển chất lượng của WISE English với IELTS 8.0+ biên soạn và tổng hợp trong suốt quá trình dạy và tiếp nhận những khó khăn, thách thức của các bạn học viên, với người chịu trách nhiệm chính đó là nhà sáng lập WISE English, anh Lưu Minh Hiển (Thạc sĩ trường ĐH Kinh tế và Khoa học Chính trị London – LSE, Cử nhân ĐH Manchester, Anh quốc, loại Xuất sắc, top 0.5% sinh viên xuất sắc nhất toàn trường, thầy giáo dạy kèm nhiều sinh viên Anh, Mỹ, Châu Âu), đồng thời là người sáng lập phương pháp Học từ vựng 6 bước ứng dụng Ngôn ngữ lập trình Tư duy (NLP) vào việc học ngôn ngữ. WISE ra đời với Sứ mệnh giúp các bạn trẻ Việt Nam thay đổi phương pháp học tiếng Anh theo TƯ DUY NÃO BỘ (NLP) và NGÔN NGỮ để chinh phục ngôn ngữ này một cách NHANH NHẤT và HIỆU QUẢ NHẤT. Slogan của WISE là “Study Smarter, not Harder”.

Quyển sách này dành cho ai? Quyển sách này dành cho các bạn mới bắt đầu làm quen với IELTS, đã có nền tảng tiếng Anh tương đương A2 của khung năng lực châu Âu (CEFR) và có mục tiêu đạt IELTS 5.5 – 6.5 trở lên. Quyển sách này được thiết kế để dành cho tự học, hoặc thầy cô có thể sử dụng như sách giáo khoa trên lớp. Sách cung cấp đủ các bài học để có thể giảng dạy trong vòng 50-60 giờ. WISE English tin rằng “IELTS WRITING – CẨM NANG HỌC IELTS TỪ A-Z” sẽ mang đến cho bạn một trải nghiệm thú vị và bổ ích. Đây chắc chắn sẽ là kim chỉ nam giúp các bạn đạt được điểm số cao trong bài thi IELTS Writing, đồng thời thành công trên con đường chinh phục IELTS. Chắc hẳn quyển sách còn nhiều thiếu sót, mọi góp ý xin gửi về hòm thư điện tử [email protected] để giúp các tác giả hoàn thiện quyển sách hơn và các lần tái bản sau sẽ có quyển sách tốt hơn đến với quý vị độc giả. WISE English chân thành cảm ơn và chúc các bạn học tập thật tốt! Chìa khóa sẽ được mở ra ngay khi bạn bắt đầu lật trang đầu tiên của quyển sách.

Phạm Văn Thanh,

23 tuổi, sinh viên

“Em thấy sách phù hợp dành cho người bắt đầu làm quen về IELTS Writing như em. Em nghĩ các bạn nên làm hết bài tập trong sách này để nắm vững kiến thức hơn, dễ dàng nâng band điểm của mình. Sau mỗi task 1 và 2 đều có đính kèm ví dụ liên hệ giúp em hệ thống kiến thức tốt, làm quen với dạng bài, đó cũng chính là điểm cộng mà sách để lại ấn tượng đối với em”.

Nguyễn Quỳnh Mai,

21 tuổi, sinh viên

“Theo trải nghiệm của bản thân là người cũng đã có kinh nghiệm tìm hiểu về vài cuốn sách trước khi quyết định tiến tới học IELTS, thì đây là cuốn sách bao quát được hầu như toàn bộ thông tin từ độ khó đến dễ của cấu trúc bài thi Academic. Mình bị ấn tượng bởi phần analysis của mấy bài exercise mẫu, đọc vô thấy dễ hiểu, dễ rút ra được mấy cấu trúc câu phải gọi là “bất hủ” cho bản thân để vận dụng đối với bất kì đề bài nào. Mình cảm thấy có khá nhiều thứ để học không chỉ các mẫu câu mà còn về phần từ vựng. Kiểu task 1 thì có các vocab cho từng dạng biểu đồ và bài tập áp dụng ngay luôn khỏi phải băn khoăn đi tra từ vựng phù hợp. Task 2 thì hướng dẫn khá kĩ cách viết từ outline đến đoạn introduction tới body và conclusion, chia ra từng bài dạy đối với từng đoạn nên là không sợ bị rối và không kịp thời gian để phân tích sâu từng phần đâu nha”.

Võ Thị Phương Nhung, 17 tuổi, học sinh “Mở đầu của sách là thông tin khái quát về kỹ năng Writing, điều này giúp em tránh hoang mang khi tiếp xúc đến bài thi IELTS rất nhiều. Chỉ với 9 bài học nhưng đủ để tổng hợp các kiến thức cần phải biết để làm được phần Writing. Đa số các bài tập để các bạn tiếp cận vào bài học dễ dàng, sau đó là các bài nâng cao, nó theo mức độ tăng dần giúp nhanh chóng hiểu sâu kiến thức. Các tips và strategies mang lại hiệu quả cho em rất nhiều khi áp dụng vào làm đề mẫu từ đó em rút ra nhiều kinh nghiệm cho bản thân và nâng band điểm qua từng ngày”.

Nguyễn Diệu Huế,

17 tuổi, học sinh

“Được tiếp cận với các sách IELTS của WISE đặc biệt là kỹ năng Writing đã hỗ trợ rất nhiều cho mình - vốn dĩ là một đứa rất khó khăn trong việc học Writing. Về mặt nội dung của riêng phần này, mình đánh giá khá cao mức độ tổng hợp khái quát lý thuyết và các bước cần thiết để làm bài thi IELTS hoàn chỉnh. Đối với task 1, mình sẽ được học cách nhận dạng phân biệt và xứ lý các loại biểu đồ. Còn task 2, chủ yếu mình sẽ được hướng dẫn về bố cục cũng như việc lên ý tưởng cho một đoạn văn nghị luận xã hội trong tiếng Anh một cách rõ ràng hết sức có thể. Ở mỗi task thì đều sẽ có phần sửa những lỗi sai cơ bản, những lỗi thường gặp và mắc phải trong bài thi. Phần từ vựng và các cấu trúc câu dùng cho bài viết thì mình nghĩ là đủ cho một người mới bắt đầu học, làm quen IELTS. Nói chung, mình thấy sách khá ổn áp với các bạn có nhu cầu đạt band 5 đến 6.5 như mình”.

GENERAL INFORMATION - INTRODUCTION HOW TO WRITE AN OVERVIEW

3

24

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT DYNAMIC CHARTS HOW TO WRITE ABOUT STATIC CHARTS

PLANNING INTRODUCTION

48 70

89 110

BODY: OPINION - DISCUSSION

138

BODY: DISCUSSION & OPINION, PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS, TWO-PART QUESTIONS 163

9

CONCLUSION & CHECKING

190

GENERAL INFORMATION - INTRODUCTION HOW TO WRITE AN OVERVIEW

217

220

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT DYNAMIC CHARTS HOW TO WRITE ABOUT STATIC CHARTS

PLANNING INTRODUCTION

223 229

234 241

BODY: OPINION - DISCUSSION

251

BODY: DISCUSSION & OPINION, PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS, TWO-PART QUESTIONS 262

9

CONCLUSION & CHECKING

274

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

WRITING TASK 1:

01

GENERAL INFORMATION HOW TO WRITE AN INTRODUCTION WRITING trong IELTS được chia là m 2 phà n: Task 1 và Task 2. Vậy sự khác nhau giữa hai bài này là gì và làm sao để bạn có thể hoàn tất cả hai bài thi một cách tốt nhất thì chúng ta sẽ cùng tìm hiểu thông qua từng bài học được trình bày chi tiết trong quyển sách này. Và bài đầu tiên này chúng ta sẽ cùng nhau tìm hiểu những thông tin và cách viết Introduction cho bài IELTS Writing Task 1.

I. GIỚI THIỆU TỔNG QUAN VỀ IELTS WRITING TASK 1 Trong bó n bà i họ c đà u tiên của Writing IELTS từ A-Z chúng ta sẽ cùng tìm hiểu cách viết bài IELTS Task 1. Vậy bài thi Task 1 là gì và có những yêu cầu nào? Task 1 là mọ t bà i viết ở dạng bài báo cáo (report) và được viết dựa trên các thông tin được trình bày ở dạng biẻ u đò . Biẻ u đò có các dạng sau: -

Biểu đồ đường (line graph)

-

Biểu đồ cột (bar chart)

-

Biểu đồ tròn (pie chart)

-

Bảng biểu (table)

-

Bản đồ (map)

-

Quá trình (process/ diagram)

Yêu cà u bà i vié t phả i từ 150 từ trở lên, và bạ n được khuyé n khích dà nh tó i đa 20 phút cho phà n nà y.

II. TIÊU CHÍ CHẤM Tiêu chí chấm bài Writing Task 1 bao gò m 4 yé u tó : 1. Task Achievement: Câu trả lời của bạn có đáp ứng yêu cầu của đề bài hay không? 2. Coherence and Cohesion: Bài viết của bạn có mạch lạc và logic hay không? 3. Lexical Resource: Bạn có sử dụng từ vựng đa dạng hay không?

3

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. Grammatical Range and Accuracy: Bạn sử dụng cấu trúc và ngữ pháp có chính xác và đa dạng hay không?

III. DÀN BÀI Vè cơ bả n, dà n bà i củ a Task 1 sẽ có 3 phà n: 1. Introduction (giới thiẹ u biẻ u đò ) 2. Overview (mô tả hai đạ c điẻ m chính rú t ra được từ biẻ u đò ) 3. Body (mô tả chi tié t biểu đồ) Bạ n không cà n viết đoạ n Conclusion (ké t luạ n) trong bài Writing Task 1.

IV. INTRODUCTION - Làm sao để viết được phần Introduction dễ dàng? Đẻ vié t mọ t Introduction, bạ n cà n phả i PARAPHRASE lại yêu cầu của đề bài (tức là viết lại một câu sử dụng từ ngữ khác nhưng vẫn giữ được ý nghĩa ban đầu). Đẻ là m được điè u nà y bạ n có thẻ tham khả o mọ t só cá ch sau: -

Thay đổi động từ chính (Main Verbs) Có rất nhiều động từ bạn có thể sử dụng để paraphrase trong phần mở bài như: show, indicate, illustrate, give, represent, describe, …

-

Sử dụ ng từ “HOW” đẻ vié t lạ i câu (how many, how much, …)

-

Sử dụng SYNONYMS (từ đồng nghĩa): spending = expenditure, information = data, …

Mỗi bước làm sẽ được giải thích chi tiết, đính kèm ví dụ (Examples) và bài tập Exercises để người học hiểu sâu hơn cách làm bài. Cuối bài học là Homework để các bạn có thể tự luyện tập tại nhà.

4

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

WRITING TASK 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

01

HOW TO WRITE AN INTRODUCTION I. OVERVIEW TASK ONE is a report based on some graphic information provided. The graphic information will come in these forms: a line graph, bar chart, pie chart, table or diagram illustrating a process. You are required to describe the information in a report of 150 words. This task should be completed in 20 minutes.

II. MARKING CRITERIA a. Task achievement: Did you answer the question that they asked you or did you talk about something else? b. Coherence and cohesion: Does your writing make sense? Is your essay logically organised at the sentence, paragraph and whole text level? c. Lexical resource: Do you use a wide range of vocabulary accurately and appropriately? Do you spell correctly? d. Grammatical range and accuracy: Do you use many different sentence structures or do you always use the same ones? How often do you make mistakes with your grammar?

5

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Types of graphs

Pie chart

Bar chart/Column Graph

Line Graph

Table

Process

Map

NOTE: the words “graphs” and “chart” are used interchangeably and that the word “figure” is used to refer to any graph, chart or diagram.

6

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 1: Match the graphs on the left with the appropriate names on the right. 1

Pie Chart

2

Bar Chart

3

Diagram

4

Table

5

Line Graph

6

Column Graph

7

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

➢ Outline a. Introduction: write one sentence to introduce what the graph shows. Just paraphrase the question statement b. Overview: describe 2 main things: the overall trend, smallest numbers and compare the biggest changes c. Body: 2 body paragraphs to describe the details

Writing about visuals is not the same as writing an essay. This means three things in particular: 1. You are not asked to discuss the information, but generally to “write a report describing" the information. 2. It is not necessary to write an introduction like in an essay for this writing task. You are writing a report, which means that you do not begin with a broad general statement about the topic. 3. You do not need to write a conclusion which gives any kind of opinion about the significance of the information. The way is to: combines the referring to the visual and referring to the main message conveyed by the visual (e.g. The graph shows that there was a sharp increase in the population of America in the 20th century).

III. HOW TO WRITE AN INTRODUCTION You should start your task 1 answer by introducing the graph from your question. Just write 1-2 sentences to say what your graph shows and for what period of time (if there is one). To do this, you need to paraphrase text from your task 1 question. 1. Example:

8

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Question: The chart below shows how much leisure time per week was enjoyed by men and women of different employment status.

Introduction: The bar chart illustrates the amount of leisure time enjoyed by males and females of five categories of employment status in 1998-1999. 2. Techniques To write a good introduction, follow these techniques:

9

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2.1. Change introductory expressions Type of charts (Subject)

Main verb

Object Noun clause

shows indicates Chart

illustrates

Graph

gives

Table

represents

Diagram

describes

Map

reveals

the amount of

compares

the number of…

demonstrates

the proportion of…

show

information on/about…

indicate

data on/about…

Figures

illustrate

that…

Statistics

give

Charts

represent

Graphs

describe

Graph and table

reveal

The

compare demonstrate Exercise 2: Change the introductory expression of the following question Example Question: The graphs below give information about computer ownership as a percentage of the population between 2002 and 2010, and by level of education for the years 2002 and 2010. Introduction: The bar charts show data about computer ownership as a percentage of the population between 2002 and 2010, and by level of education for the years 2002 and 2010.

10

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

NOTE: - The word “below” in the question must be rejected when writing the introduction. Instead, it is recommended to use “given” or “provided”. E.g The bar charts given show data about. - In this case, the relative pronoun is deleted. “ The bar charts given = The bar charts which were given”

Question 1: The graph below shows UK acid rain emissions, measured in millions of tones, from four different sectors between 1990 and 2007.

Introduction: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. 11

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Question 2 The table below gives information on the proportion of carbohydrates, protein and fat in three different diets. Write a report for a university lecturer describing the information shown below. Make comparisions where relevant. You should write at least 150 words

Introduction: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. Question 3: The table below gives information on consumer spending on different items in five different countries in 2002.

Introduction .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

12

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Question 4: The chart below shows the process of waste paper recycling.

Introduction: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. Question 5: Chorleywood is a village near London whose population has increased steadily since the middle of the 19th century. The map below shows the development of the village.

Introduction .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

13

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

ATTENTION ❖ Number - Use "the number of + plural noun" e.g. the number of visitors. - Don't use it to describe percentages or uncountable nouns e.g. money. ❖ Amount - Use "the amount of + uncountable noun" e.g. the amount of money. - Don't use it with countable nouns e.g. the amount of person/people. ❖ Proportion - Only use this to describe percentages (not numbers). - Use "the proportion of + countable/ uncountable nouns" e.g. the proportion of people. ▪

Proportion = Fraction = A/B ➢ Proportion of A in B: For example: Proportion of Internet users in the total UK population. ➢ Proportion of B who …………….. A For example: Proportion of the UK population who used the Internet

Internet users

UK population ❖ Figure - Use "the figure for + plural noun" e.g. the figure for visitors to the UK. - Use it with uncountable nouns e.g. the figure for unemployment. - Use it with countries e.g. the figure for Canada. - Use it with percentages e.g. the figure (for...) rose to 10%. ❖ Compare - You can say: • Compares something in terms of something E.g: The charts compare two cities in terms of the number of employed people. • Compares something in year1 and year2 E.g: The graph compares the population in 2000 and 2013.

14

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

• Information/data on/about + phrase/ Noun phrase E.g. The Graph provides information about the changing trend of the use of modern technology in homes in the UK ❖ Difference between Phrase and Clause • A phrase is a group of words without a subject-verb component, used as a single part of speech. Examples: Best friend (this phrase acts as a noun) Needing help (this phrase acts as an adjective) • A clause is a group of words containing a subject and verb. Examples: She is hungry. I am feeling well today. Exercise 3: Choose the correct options: 1 A. The table shows the amount of students who study abroad in 2001 and 2011. B. The table shows the number of students who study abroad in 2001 and 2011. 2 A. The graph illustrate China's annual growth rate of exports of goods. B. The graph illustrates China's annual growth rate of exports of goods. 3 A. The line graph shows how many Finnish people went to the cinema between June and October 2014. B. The line graph shows how much Finnish people went to the cinema between June and October 2014. 4 A. The pie charts compare the world population of 1900 with 2000. B. The pie charts compare the world population in 1900 and 2000. 5 A. The bar chart gives information about average household expenditure in Japan. B. The bar chart compares information about average household expenditure in Japan.

15

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

6 A. The percentage of spending on furniture and equipment reached its peak in 2001, at 23%. B. The number of spending on furniture and equipment reached its peak in 2001, at 23%. 7 A.  The graph shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries. B. The graph below shows the amount of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries. 8 A. The table given shows the figures for imprisonment in five countries between 1930 and 1980. B. The table given shows the number of imprisonment in five countries between 1930 and 1980.

Exercise 4: Determine whether the following statement is true or false. If it is false, explain why. 1 The graph provides information about the income trends of four cafes over the last year. 2 The line graph gives information on UK people attend cinema. 3 The paragraph gives information from a 2008 report about people in the USA have consumed since 1980 4 The table below gives information on the country of origin where the visitors came from.

2.2. Paraphrasing You can rewrite a phrase by using the word “HOW”

16

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 5: Look at the extract from an essay question. The topic is visitors to Australia. Complete these two possible ways of rewriting it. The chart shows information about visitors to Australia, 2000-2008. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant. 1. The graph shows information about how many p………………... v…………………. Australia, over an eight-year period between 2000 and 2008. 2. The graph illustrates data about the number of p……………… w………………….v…………….. Australia, over an eight-year period between 2000 and 2008. ATTENTION ❖ How Use “how + clause” e.g the graph gives information about how many people were employed in India. If the topic is about an uncountable noun, like money, you should use how much or the amount of. Here are two examples: The graph shows information about how much money was earned by three bakeries in London, over a decade between 2000 and 2010. The graph highlights data about the amount of money which was earned by three bakeries in London, over a ten-year period between 2000 and 2010.

17

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 6: Complete these two rewrites of the topic Coffee production in Kenya, 19992006. The chart shows information about coffee production in Kenya, 1999-2006. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant. 1. The graph shows information about how much .......................................................................................... 2. The graph highlights data about the amount of …....................................................................................... Exercise 7: Complete this table. Topic

How much / how many

1 Unemployment rates, The graph shows information about how many people were India and Brazil (1995-2000)

unemployed in…

The number of / amount of The graph shows data about the number of people who were unemployed in…

2 DVD sales, UK and USA (2005-2008) 3 Chocolate production, Colombia (1997-2007) You can rewrite a phrase by using synonyms: o

Number of = quantity of (not interchangeable with amount of)

o

Change can be sometimes replaced by increase, decrease or variation

o

Spending = expenditure

o

Rate = percentage

o

Ratio = proportion

o

Information = data

o

Share = portion

o

Place = site

18

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2.3. Time periods From 1985 to 1995 = between 1985 and 1995 In 1985 = in the year 1985 In 1985 and 1995 = in 1985 and 1995 respectively = in the years 1985 and 1995 Examples: “The table shows consumption rates from 2001 to 2004.” “The graph shows consumption rates in 2012 and 2015 respectively.” 3. Paraphrasing in use The two pie charts below show the online shopping sales for retail sectors in Canada in 2007 and 2009

Introduction The two pie charts compare the percentages of online shopping sales in the USA for different retail sectors in the years 2005 and 2010. See how the topic was paraphrased to make a very good task 1 introduction. What was changed: •

Show is changed to compare

•

Percentages added

•

Different added

•

In 2007 and 2009 → In the years 2007 and 2009

19

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

As you see, you don't have to make up a completely new introduction. Just take the given topic as a base, and change/add some details.

IV. PRACTICE Exercise 8: Look at the graph below and complete the table. You should spend about 20 minutes on this task. “The graph below shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries. Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.” Write at least 150 words.

Subject

Verb

The Question

graph below

shows

What

When

Where

the proportion of the

between

in three

population aged 65

1940 and

different

and over

2040

countries.

Paraphrase

20

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 9: Write the introduction of the following task. “ The graph below gives information about car ownership in Britain from 1971 to 2007.”

Introduction: .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

❖ Tip You can rewrite a phrase by using a synonym - Car ownership = households who own cars - Britain = Great Britain - From 1971 to 2007 = between 1971 and 2007

V. HOMEWORK Write the introduction of the following tasks: 1. International migration in the UK.

21

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. The graph below shows UK acid rain emissions, measured in millions of tones, from four different sectors between 1990 and 2007

3. The table below gives information on the proportion of carbonhydrates, protein and fat in three different diets. Write a report for a university lecturer describing the informatin shown below. Make comparisons where relevant. You should write at least 150 words

22

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. The table below gives information on consumer spending on different items in five different countries in 2002.

5. The chart below shows the process of waste paper recycling.

6. Chorleywood is a village near London whose population has increased steadily since the middle of the 19th century. The map below shows the development of the village.

23

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

02

HOW TO WRITE AN OVERVIEW

Bài học thứ hai trong chuỗi 4 bài hướng dẫn bạn viết Task 1 là cách viết một phần Overview. Phần này được xem là phần đóng vai trò tạo nên một bài báo cáo hoàn thiện trong viết Task 1. Vậy làm sao để có được một phần Overview sinh động và đúng yêu cầu? Tất cả sẽ được giải đáp trong bài 2: How to write an overview

I. THÔNG TIN CHUNG OVERVIEW hiẻ u đơn giả n là tóm tắt lạ i những nọ i dung, đạ c điẻ m hay khuynh hướng chính củ a biẻ u đò . OVERVIEW thường là đoạ n thứ hai trong bài và có độ dà i từ 2 đé n 3 câu. Đây là phà n rất quan trọng củ a mọ t bà i vié t Task 1 vì nó thẻ hiẹ n khả năng củ a bạ n trong viẹ c xá c định được những thông tin quan trọ ng và chỉ ra xu hướng chung hoặc so sánh của biểu đồ. Vạ y thì là m thé nà o đẻ có mọ t OVERVIEW tó t? Câu trả lời đà u tiên nà m ở viẹ c lựa chọn đúng đặc điểm của biểu đồ (features). Mõ i dạ ng biẻ u đò sẽ có mọ t cá ch thẻ hiẹ n thông tin khá c nhau.

II. LÀM THẾ NÀO ĐỂ LỰA CHỌN ĐẶC ĐIỂM CHO BIỂU ĐỒ MỘT CÁCH CHÍNH XÁC? Đó i với Dynamic Chart (Biẻ u đò có sự thay đỏ i theo thời gian), chú ng ta sẽ nhìn và o khuynh hướng tăng-giả m-không đỏ i (TREND). Đó i với Static Chart (Biẻ u đò không có sự thay đỏ i theo thời gian), chú ng ta sẽ tìm những đạ c điẻ m đẻ so sá nh và đó i chié u với nhau. Đối với Dynamic Chart, chúng ta cần hiểu biểu đồ này thông qua việc trả lời các câu hỏi: - Dữ liệu thể hiện điều gì từ điểm bắt đầu cho đến điểm kết thúc? - Dữ liệu nhìn chung tăng, giảm hay dao dộng? - Có những khác biệt nào đáng kể trong xu hướng chung của biểu đồ hay không? - Các mục cao nhất và thấp nhất nói chung? Đối với Static Chart, chúng ta cần tìm hiểu biểu đồ này thông qua việc trả lời các câu hỏi: - Giá trị cao nhất và thấp nhất là gì? - Những khác biệt nổi bật nhất là gì? - Có những điểm chung nào? - Có những trường hợp ngoại lệ nào?

24

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

III. TECHNIQUES – KĨ NĂNG LÀM BÀI Cùng tham khảo các kĩ năng sau để có được một bài viết tốt bạn nhé. - Luôn luôn vié t từ 2 đến 3 câu ở đoạ n văn OVERVIEW. Điè u nà y sẽ khié n bạ n phả i đọ c biẻ u đò kỹ hơn đẻ chọ n ra 2 đé n 3 main features (đặc điểm chính). - Đừng bỏ những con só và o OVERVIEW, vì thông tin củ a đoạ n văn nà y phả i là thông tin chung (general) và bạ n cà n “đẻ dà nh” só liẹ u phần Body. - Sử dụ ng mọ t Phrase (cụm từ) đơn giả n đẻ Giá m khả o bié t rà ng đây là đoạ n văn Tó m Tá t củ a bạ n. Mọ t só Phrases hữu ích mà bạ n có thẻ dù ng để bắt đầu một đoạn Overview: It is clear from the graph that; It can be seen from the table that; As is illustrated by the diagram that; As the graph/ table shows; Một số lưu ý quan trọng: Trong quá trình vié t OVERVIEW, bạ n nên chú ý không sử dụ ng Đạ i từ nhân xưng (Personal Pronouns) đẻ mở đà u. Thay vì sử dụ ng “We can see from the graph…”, bạ n có thẻ dù ng “From the graph, it is clear that…” hoạ c “Overall, it is obvious that…”. Hoạ c bạ n có thẻ thay bà ng “As can be seen from the graph” hay “As is shown by the table”, nhưng lưu ý rà ng hai cụm từ này không có chủ ngữ giả: It. Mỗi bước làm sẽ được giải thích chi tiết, đính kèm ví dụ (Examples) và bài tập Exercises để người học hiểu sâu hơn cách làm bài. Cuối bài học là Homework để các bạn có thể tự luyện tập tại nhà.

25

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOW TO WRITE AN OVERVIEW

02

I. GENERAL INFORMATION

An overview is simply a summary of the main or most important points in a graph, chart, process or map. It is normally 2-3 sentences long and should be the second

paragraph you write in your essay. It also influences what you write in the rest of your essay. 1. What is an overview? 2. Importance of the overview An overview is one of the first things an examiner looks for because it shows them that you can identify the most important information from the graph or chart and clearly identify overall trends and comparisons. If we look at the official marking scheme we can see that the word ‘overview’ is mentioned three times:

Task Achievement Band 5 Recounts detail mechanically with no clear overview; there may be no data to support the description

Band 6

Band 7

Presents an overview with

Presents a clear overview

information appropriately

of main trends, differences

selected

or stages

This means that to get at least a 5 for task achievement we must give some kind of overview. If we do not give any overview we will always get below a 5. If we select the appropriate data to include in our overview we get a score of 6 and if it is ‘clear’ we get a 7 for this part of the exam.

II. HOW TO SELECT THE CORRECT FEATURES? To understand this we have to think about the different types of graphs and charts we might see. There are generally two different kinds of charts and graphs: dynamic and static.

26

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

1. Dynamic chart: show data over time Example

2. Static chart: show data at just one point in time Example

27

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 1: Decide if the charts below are the static charts or dynamic charts:

28

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. Analysis 3.1. When we are looking at dynamic graphs we should be looking out for: What do the data do from the start to the finish? Do they generally go up or down or do they fluctuate? Any significant difference from the general trend?

The highest and lowest items overall?

Exercise 2: Look at the graph below and pick out the most significant or noticable features. Use questions above to help you. The graph below shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries.

➢ Analysis - The data fluctuate but generally increase over the periods. - Japan shows the biggest change in elderly population. ➢ Overview: It is clear that the proportion of elderly people increases in each country between 1940 and 2040. Japan is expected to see the most dramatic changes in its elderly population

29

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3.2. When we look at static graphs we should be looking for: What are the highest/lowest values? What are the most noticeable differences? Any similarities? Any significant exceptions?

Exercise 3: Look at the graph below and pick out the most significant or noticable features. Use questions above to help you.

➢ Analysis: - The most noticable difference: the UK spent more money on consumer goods than France. - Similarities and the highest values: Both the British and the French spent most of their money on cars. - The lowest values: People in the UK spent the least amount of money on perfume. French people spent the least amount of money on camera. ➢ Overview Overall, the UK spent more money on consumer goods than France in the period given. Both the British and the French spent most of their money on cars whereas the least amount of money was spent on perfume in the UK compared to cameras in France.

30

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

III. TECHNIQUES Before finding out the techniques to write a good overview, take a look at the sample overview below and answer the questions: Overall, the UK spent more money on consumer goods than France in the period given. Both the British and the French spent most of their money on cars whereas the least amount of money was spent on perfume in the UK compared to cameras in France.

1. How many sentences are there in the overview paragraph? 2. Are any numbers/data put in the overview? 3. What phrases are used to start the overview?

1. Always try to write two/three sentences. This forces you to describe two/three main or general features of the graph, chart or diagram. 2. Don't put any numbers in your overview. Save specific numbers for the 'details' paragraphs. 3. Start your overview with a simple phrase that clearly shows the examiner that this is your summary paragraph. To write a good overview, follow these techniques: Useful phrases to start a good overview ✓ Overall, it is clear/ apparent/ obvious/ evident that…

✓ It is clear from the graph/ table that… ✓ It can be seen from the graph/ table that… ✓ As the graph/ table shows, ✓ As is shown by the graph/ table, ✓ As is illustrated by the graph/ table, ✓ From the graph/ table it is clear that

31

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

ATTENTION - It is best to avoid using personal pronouns. Instead of saying “We can see from the graph....” it is better to use the passive or impersonal constructions, as above. - Avoid using the phrase : according to the graph. This is because the phrase “according to” generally means that the information comes from another person or source, and not from our own knowledge. In the case of a graph or table that is shown, the information is there right in front of you, the writer, and also the reader, and so you can both 'know’ it. That is, it does not come from another source. - Note that the expressions “As can be seen from the graph” or “As is shown / illustrated by the table” do not contain the dummy subiect “it”. - The word “presents” is best avoided, since it requires a sophisticated summarising noun ro follow. For example: “The graph presents an overview of the population growth of America in the last 20 years.”

IV. WRITE AN OVERVIEW FOR EACH TYPE OF GRAPH 1. Line graph Line graphs show you how numbers have changed over time. They are used when you have data that are connected, and to show trends, so line graphs are the dynamic charts. Example: The graph below gives information about car ownership in Britain from 1971 to 2007

32

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

➢ Analysis: - The number of households who own cars generally went up from 1971 to 2007. - Household with two cars showed a big increase. - The number of households without a car went down. ➢ Overview: Overall, car ownership in Britain increased between 1971 and 2007. In particular, the number of households with two cars rose, while the number of households without a car fell. Exercise 4: Do an analysis of the following topic then write an overview. The graph below shows the average number of UK commuters travelling each day by car, bus or train between 1970 and 2030

Tip: Don't look for particular years or numbers. Look at the overall trend over the whole 60-year period. ➢ Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ➢ Overview .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

33

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Bar chart Bar chart can be either a dynamic chart or a static chart. If the chart shows a time period, it is a dynamic chart, which means you look for the overall change from the beginning to the end of the period. In contrast, if no time period is shown, the chart is a static chart which means you can not look for trends. Instead, you look for differences and similarities between items. 2.1 Bar chart with a trend (dynamic chart) Example The bar chart shows the divorce rates in two European countries from 2011 to 2015. Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.

Now it’s obvious that: •

Sweden experienced a downward trend

•

Finland experienced an upward trend

•

both countries showed fluctuations

•

Initially Finland had a lower rate, but in 2015 Finland outraced Sweden

Use word “overall” to start your general overview. In our case, the overview may look as follows: Overall, Sweden experienced a downward trend, while Finland showed an upward trend throughout the period. Both countries’ divorce rates had some fluctuations. Although Finland initially had a lower rate, it outraced Sweden at the end of the period.

34

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 5: Do an analysis of the following topic then write an overview The graph below shows the number of visitors to three museums between 2000 and 2005 Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.

Tip: Point out which category was highest in each year, which was lowest, and

which saw the biggest changes. ➢ Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ➢ Overview: ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................. 35

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2.2 Bar chart without a trend (static chart) Exercise 6: Do an analysis of the following topic then write an overview The chart below shows the total number of Olympic medals won by twelve different countries.

Tip: Point out the highest/slowest values or the most noticable features and the similairities between the categories. ➢ Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ➢ Overview: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3. Pie chart A pie chart shows you how a whole is divided into different parts There are two main options to describe key features of the pie chart a. Find the biggest and smallest slices of each pie chart b. Find which slices became bigger/smaller or didn't change

36

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 7: Take a look at the pie charts below, read the overviews and say which option is used to describe key features of each chart. A. The charts below show the results of a questionnaire that asked visitors to the Parkway Hotel how they rated the hotel's customer service. The same questionnaire was given to 100 guests in the years 2005 and 2010.

It is clear that overall customer satisfaction increased considerably from 2005 to 2010. While most hotel guests rated customer service as satisfactory or poor in 2005, a clear majority described the hotel’s service as good or excellent in 2010. B. The three pie charts below show the changes in annual spending by a particular UK school in 1981, 1991 and 2001. Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.

It is clear that teachers’ salaries made up the largest proportion of the school’s spending in all three years (1981, 1991 and 2001). By contrast, insurance was the smallest cost in each year.

37

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Pie chart tips: •

Always highlight the largest and smallest proportions.

•

If there are two pie charts in different time periods, then you must highlight the key changes.

Exercise 8: Write the overview of the following topic The given graph shows the main source of energy for USA in 1980 and 1990. ➢ Analysis

To find the key features for the chart, answer the questions below 1. What was the main source of energy in 1980? 2. What was the main source of energy in 1990? 3. Which produced the least energy in 1980? 4. Which produced the least energy in 1990? 5. Did the amount of energy produced by each source change a lot or just a little between the years? 6. Did all types of energy increase by 1990? ➢ Overview: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. 38

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. Table To describe a TABLE, you try to group the data into categories and compare the whole categories rather than individual “cells” in the table Example: The table below gives information about the underground railway systems in six cities.

➢ Analysis: It is clear that we can group the first three underground systems into an “old” group (in terms of dates opened) and the last three systems into a “new” group. The old group is larger and have more passengers per year than the old group. ➢ Overview The table compares the six networks in terms of their age, size and the number of people who use them each year. It is clear that the three oldest underground systems are larger and serve significantly more passengers than the newer systems. Tip: If you can not compare whole categories, compare the biggest and smallest number. Example The table below gives information on consumer spending on different items in five different countries in 2002.

39

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Percentage of national consumer expenditure by category – 2002

Now it’s obvious that: - Food/Drinks/Tobacco has the highest percentage of consumer expenditure - The leisure/education category has the lowest percentages in the table ➢ Overview It is clear that the largest proportion of consumer spending in each country went on food, drinks and tobacco. On the other hand, the leisure/education category has the lowest percentages in the table. Exercise 9: Write an overview of the following topic. The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment

Food and drink

Housing

Clothing

Entertainment

France

25%

31%

7%

13%

Germany

22%

33%

15%

19%

UK

27%

37%

11%

11%

Turkey

36%

20%

12%

10%

Spain

31%

18%

8%

15%

40

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

➢ Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ➢ Overview: .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. 5. Process If the task is to describe a process diagram, you can mention the total number of stages in the process and say where or how the process begins and ends. Example The diagram below shows how the Australian Bureau of Meteorology collects up- tothe-minute information on the weather in order to produce reliable forecasts.

➢ Overview

There are four stages in the process, beginning with the collection of information about the weather. This information is then analysed, prepared for presentation, and finally broadcast to the public

41

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

6. Map If the task is to describe a map, you state how many changes were made, summarise what type of changes they were (e.g. three changes; parking, bus stops, roundabouts) Example ➢ Overview It is clear that the village grew as the transport infrastructure

was

improved.

Four

periods of

development are shown on the map, and each of the populated areas is near to the main roads, the railway or the motorway.

7. Two different charts If there are two different charts, write one overview sentence about each chart. Example The charts below show reasons for travel and the main issues for the travelling public in the US in 2009.

It is clear that the principal reason why Americans travelled in 2009 was to commute to and from work. In the same year, the primary concern of Americans, with regard to the trips they made, was the cost of travelling. 42

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

8. More than two charts If there are more than two charts, they must be connected in some way, so look for two main features overall. Example The charts below show the levels of participation in education and science in developing and industrialised countries in 1980 and 1990.

Overview It is clear from the charts that the figures for developed countries are much higher than those for developing nations. Also, the charts show an overall increase in participation in education and science from 1980 to 1990.

43

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

V. HOMEWORK Write the overview of the following tasks: 1. International migration in the UK

2. The graph below shows UK acid rain emissions, measured in millions of tones, from four different sectors between 1990 and 2007

44

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. The table below gives information on the proportion of carbohydrates, protein and fat in three different diets. Write a report for a university lecturer describing the information shown below. Make comparisions where relevant.

4. The chart below shows average hours and minutes spent by UK males and females on different daily activities.

45

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

5. The chart below shows the process of waste paper recycling.

6. The chart below shows the total number of minutes (in billions) of telephone calls in the UK, divided into three categories, from 1995-2002.

46

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

7. The bar chart below shows the numbers of men and women attending various evening courses at an adult education centre in the year 2009. The pie chart gives information about the ages of these course participants.

47

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

03

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT DYNAMIC CHARTS

Có hai dạng biểu đồ chính trong Writing IELTS Task 1 mà bất cứ thí sinh nào cũng cần nắm đó là Biểu đồ thay đổi theo thời gian (Dynamic Charts) và Biểu đồ không thay đổi theo thời gian (Static Charts). Trong bài học này, các bạn sẽ được tìm hiểu thế nào là một Dynamic Chart và làm sao để viết được bài báo cáo đối với dạng biểu đồ này.

I. THÔNG TIN CHUNG Đò thị thẻ hiẹ n khuynh hướng (TREND) thay đỏ i theo thời gian được gọ i là DYNAMIC CHARTS. Line graphs, pie charts, tables hoạ c bar charts đè u có thẻ xuá t hiẹ n ở dạ ng nà y (ví dụ : the annual earnings of three bakeries in London, 2000-2010- Biểu đồ cột thể hiện thu nhập hằng năm của 3 tiệm bánh ở London từ năm 2000-2010). Đạ c trưng củ a dynamic charts là time period – khoả ng thời gian được thẻ hiẹ n trên biẻ u đò – và sự thay đổi (trends) củ a só liẹ u.

II. NGÔN NGỮ MÔ TẢ TRENDS Đẻ diẽ n tả được trends thì bạ n cà n bié t các từ vựng biẻ u thị sự tăng-giả m-không đỏ i: 1. Upward Trend (khuynh hướng tăng): rise; increase; grow; soar; climb; jumb; … 2. Downward Trend (khuynh hướng giả m): fall; decline; drop; reduce; plummet; …. 3. Stable Trend (khuynh hướng ỏ n định, không đỏ i): a plateau (=stay at the same level after an increase); level out; maintain; constant; … Ngoà i ra, đẻ thẻ hiẹ n sự tăng giảm trong một khoảng thời gian, chú ng ta sẽ dù ng những từ vựng thẻ hiẹ n sự bié n đọ ng (fluctuation) như: fluctuate, vary. Có hai cá ch thẻ hiẹ n TRENDS cụ thẻ : 1. Động từ với Trạng từ Bạn có thẻ ké t hợp cá c Động từ (Verbs) với Trạng từ (Adverbs) đẻ thẻ hiẹ n mức độ củ a xu hướng. Cá u trú c ngữ phá p sẽ là : Subject + verb + adverb Ví dụ: The annual income increased steadily. (Thu nhạ p hà ng năm tăng mọ t cá ch ỏ n định) Lưu ý khi ké t hợp verb và adverb, bạ n phả i xem adverb có phù hợp với TRENDS đang đè cạ p không: 1. Trạ ng từ thẻ hiẹ n tăng-giả m nhanh, đột ngột: suddenly; rapidly; quickly; sharply; … 2. Trạ ng từ thẻ hiẹ n tăng-giả m bình thường: steadily; smoothly, stably; … 3. Trạ ng từ thẻ hiẹ n tăng-giả m chậm, từ từ: gradually; slowly; slightly; …

48

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Tính từ với Danh từ Bạn có thể ké t hợp adjectives và nouns (tính từ và danh từ). Cá c danh từ thẻ hiẹ n TRENDS như: a rise; a fall; an increase; a growth; a reduction; a plunge; … Cá c tính từ thẻ hiẹ n mức độ củ a xu hướng như: rapid; dramatical; steep; consistent; continual; gradual; … Ghé p danh từ và tính từ lạ i với nhau bạ n sẽ được mọ t cụ m thẻ hiẹ n TRENDS tó t hơn, ví dụ : a noticeable increase. (mọ t sự tăng trưởng đá ng chú ý ). Sau đó , đưa cụ m từ ghé p được và o câu hoà n chỉnh. Có hai cá u trú c câu bạ n nên sử dụ ng ở phà n nà y: 1. There + was/were + adj + N + in + noun phrase. _ Ví dụ: There was a noticeable fall in the price of meat. (Giá thịt sụt giảm đáng kể) 2. S + witnessed/ saw/ observed/ underwent + adj + N. _ Ví dụ The price of meat underwent a noticebale fall in 2010. (Giá thịt giảm đáng kể trong năm 2010) Ngoà i ra, bạ n phả i sử dụ ng giới từ (prepositions) mọ t cá ch chính xá c. Cá c giới từ phỏ bié n như: at/ between/ on/ in/ by/ from-to/ of/ over/ during. Bà i họ c sẽ cung cá p cho cá c bạ n cá ch phân biẹ t cá c giới từ nà y và là m sao đẻ sử dụ ng chúng chính xác nhá t. Mỗi bước làm sẽ được giải thích chi tiết, đính kèm ví dụ (Examples) và bài tập Exercises để người học hiểu sâu hơn cách làm bài. Cuối bài học là Homework để các bạn có thể tự luyện tập tại nhà.

49

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

03

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT DYNAMIC CHARTS

I. GENERAL INFORMATION One type of question in Task 1 is to write about a dynamic chart or a graph which shows trends, which are changes over time. You can be asked to write about different types of

graphs, such as line graphs, pie charts, tables or bar charts. For graphs with trends, you will see a time period in the title of the graph (e.g. the annual earnings of three bakeries in London, 2000-2010).

II. LANGUAGE TO DESCRIBE TRENDS Noun

Verb

Verb (past)

a rise

rise

rose

an increase

increase

increased

a growth

grow, go up

grew, went up

a soar

soar

soared

a surge

surge

surged

a climb

climb

climbed

a jump

jump

jumped

a peak

peak

peaked

an improvement

improve

improved

50

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

a fall

fall

fell

a decrease/decline

decrease/decline

decreased/declined

a drop

drop

dropped

a reduction

reduce/go down

reduced/went down

a dip

dive

dived/dove

a plunge

plunge

plunged

a plummet

plummet

plummeted

a fluctuation

fluctuate

fluctuated

a variation

vary

varied

a plateau (=stay at the same level after

level off/level out

an increase)

Adj

Adv

sudden rapid quick drammatical sharp steep steady consistent smooth continual stable gradual slow slight

suddenly rapidly quickly drammatically sharply steeply steadily consistently smoothly continually stably gradually slowly slightly

leveled off/leveled out

51

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

1. Verbs and adverbs Exercise 1: Put the past simple of these verbs in the correct column of the table below. Use a dictionary to help you if necessay. Decline

Decrease

Double

Drop

Fall

Go down

Go up

Increase

Jump

Plummet

Plunge

Rise

Rocket

Shoot up

Grow

Soar

Surge

Halve

Improve

Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

increases

decreases

big increases

big decreases

Declined

ATTENTION Verbs which describe big increases or decreases, like soared or plummeted, don’t need an adverb, because we already know that they describe a large change. However, all the verbs in the first two columns of the table above need an adverb, to tell the reader what kind of increase or decrease you are talking about. Exercise 2: Which of the adverbs in the box below describe. 1 a big change?

5 a slow change?

2 a small change?

6 a comment by the writer?

3 a medium-size change?

7 a consistent increase or decrease?

4 a fast change? considerably

dramatically

gradually

marginally

negligibly

rapidly

remarkably

sharply

slightly

steadily

strikingly

significantly

52

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Grammar structure Subject + verb + adverb Example:

V • The price of oil rose gradually. Noun phrase

adv

• The price of oil has risen dramatically. Exercise 3: Look at the graph below and complete these sentences with a suitable verb and adverb The graph below shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries.

1 The proportions of elderly people in the USA and Sweden …………………………… over the next 50 years. 2 After 2020, the percentage of elderly people in Japan is predicted to …………………………… 3 The figures for Japan ……………………………. between 1940 and 2000. 4 From 1980 to 2020, the proportion of population aged 65 and over in USA …………………….. 5 After 2020, the percentage of elderly people in USA is predicted to ………………………

53

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Adjectives and nouns You can also describe changes using adjective and nouns. Most of the vocabulary is the same, but you need to learn the adjective and noun forms. Exercise 4: Complete this table with the noun forms of the verbs Past simple verb

Noun

Past simple verb

Noun

rose

1 a rise

fluctuated

9 ……………………

fell

2 ……………………

plunged

10 ……………………

levelled off

3 ……………………

decreased

11 ……………………

declined

4 ……………………

dipped

12 ……………………

soared

5 ……………………

recovered

13 ……………………

plummeted

6 ……………………

jumped

14 ……………………

increased

7 ……………………

surged

15 ……………………

dropped

8 ……………………

grew

16 ……………………

Exercise 5: Write the adjectival form of these adverbs. Check you spelling in a dictionary. 1 Dramatically ………………………… 2 Steadily

…………………………

3 Considerably ………………………… 4 Negligibly

…………………………

5 Remarkably ………………………… 6 Gradually

…………………………

7 Continually ………………………… 8 Significantly ....……………………..

NOTE: In most cases, to form an adjective, you just need to remove the –ly from the adverb e.g. sharply – sharp. In some cases, you need to change the spelling of the adjective a little bit e.g. stably – stable

54

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Grammar structure 1.

There + was/were + adj + N + in + noun phrase

Example • There was a gradual rise in the price of oil. Adj

N

Noun phrase

• There has been a sharp drop in the price of oil 2.

S + witnessed/ saw/ observed/ underwent + adj + N

Example • The price of oil witnessed a sharp drop from 2000 to 2008. • The number of students underwent a quick drop in 2005. Exercise 6: Write a sentence with an adjective and noun to describe each of these changes in the graph below. The graph below shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries.

1 Japan, before 2000: ................................................................................................................................................. 2 Japan, after 2020: ..................................................................................................................................................... 3 USA, 1940 – 2040: .................................................................................................................................................... 4 Sweden, 1940 – 2040: ............................................................................................................................................ 5 Japan, 1940-1960: ...................................................................................................................................................

55

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 7: Look at the graphs below and write two ways of descibing changes by using verbs, adverbs or adjectives, nouns.

First way:

First way:

....................................................................................

...................................................................................

....................................................................................

...................................................................................

Second way:

Second way:

....................................................................................

...................................................................................

....................................................................................

...................................................................................

First way:

First way:

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

Second way:

Second way:

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

....................................................................................

56

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

First way:

First way:

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

Second way:

Second way:

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

First way:

First way:

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

Second way:

Second way:

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

..............................................................................

...................................................................................

57

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

First way:

First way:

..............................................................................

.......................................................................................

..............................................................................

.......................................................................................

Second way:

Second way:

..............................................................................

.......................................................................................

..............................................................................

.......................................................................................

3. Using prepositions correctly Dynamic data indicates changes over time. When describing this kind of data you need to use trends language. This is where accurate use of prepositions will raise your grammar band score. Grammar accounts for 25% of your marks in IELTS writing. If the data is reported inaccurately in academic task 1 you could also lose marks in task response. 3.1. Common prepositions at / between /on / in / by / from – to / of / over / during

A key point to consider here is whether the preposition is coming after the noun or the verb and also if a specific number or statistic is included. For instance, here are some sentences which can be seen in task 1 reports. • Noun – “ There was an increase in the population after 1998 ” • Noun – “ There was a population increase of 30% after 1998 ” • Verb – “ The population increased by 20,000 after 1998 ”

58

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

In the first sentence above there is no specific statistic, however, in the second sentence above you can see that the preposition is different as it is followed by a specific statistic. In sentence 3 after the verb ‘increased’ you need to use “ by ”. However, take a look at these 3 sentences below. •

Verb – “ Sales of cars dropped from 30,000 units to 10,500 units over a 3 year period ”

•

Noun – “Car sales saw a decrease from 30,000 units to 10,500 units over a 3 year period”

•

Verb – “Car sales increased from 10,000 units to 23,000 units over a 3 year period”

In these examples, the preposition is the same after a verb or noun. To express either a downward or upward movement from one point to another, you can use from ….. to. ➢ What does this look like in a Line graph?

1. The proportion of passengers dropped from 400 to just under 200. 2. The proportion of passengers dropped by just over 200. 3. There was a decrease in passengers from 400 to just under200 As you can see, the start point is 400 and the end point is just under 200, so use “ from …. to”. However, if you want to report on the amount of change between the two points use the preposition “ by ” as in sentence number 2. gh

Sentence number 3 shows a noun “ a decrease ” so we can use the preposition “ in ” after that.

59

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

ATTENTION Be careful when using “ by ” and “ to ”. Take a look at these examples of how to use “ Decline by ” and “ Decline to” (it’s the same for a rising trend: increase to / Increase by) in the Line graph below to describe the change from April to May and May to June, we can write:

•

From April to May the figure declined to 15%.

•

From May to June the figure increased to 30%

In this Line graph below to describe the change from April to May and June to July I now need to write:

•

From April to May the figure declined by 15%

•

From June to July the figure increased by a very small amount.

➢ There is a big difference in the way these prepositions are used. Simple mistakes with by and to can cost you points in task 1.

60

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3.2. Prepositions for date / time ranges Let’s take a look at using in / over / during / between / at. When describing time periods or years or months you need to use ‘in‘ and ‘over‘. See the examples below taken from different types of IELTS task 1 reports. ❖ “ In ” + months / years ; “over / during ” + a set time period •

Car production increased by 20% in 2010

•

Sales of iPhones declined in January

•

Visitor numbers witnessed fluctuations over the 5 year period.

•

Coal exports declined considerably over the two decades.

•

Passenger numbers showed a slight increase during the whole period

❖ “ Between” / “ and” is used for a start and end time •

Car production increased sharply between 2010 and 2012.

•

The proportion of visitors to the museum saw declines between January and November.

❖ Using “ begin at ” / “ end at ”/ “ stood at ” •

The proportion of car exports stood at 30,000 in 2012.

•

Sales figures for electronics ended at just under 25% in the last quarter.

•

In 1990 the figure for nuclear energy used in France began at 50%.

61

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 8: Take a look at the charts below, fill in the blanks by using these words below (some can be used more than once). in / at / between – and / from / to / by / during / of Note that these are just sentences for practice purposes only, this is not a model answer.

The monthly expenditure on children’s sports saw a rise (1) ______ 20 pounds (2) ____ a little over 30 pounds (3) ______ 2008 (4) ____2014. Figures for participation in athletics started (5)___ around 1 million children (6) ___ 2008. This remained constant until 2010. However, (7) _______ 2010 (8)_____ 2012 the proportion (9)____ children taking part in Athletics rose (10)____ 5 million with a slight dip (11) ___ the end of the period. The number (12) ___ children taking part in swimming began (13) ___ a little less than 2.5 million (14) ___ 2008 and saw a steady increase ending (15) ___ around 4 million. The figure for youngsters participating in football stood (16)___ just over 7.5 million (17) ___ 2008. (18) ___2010 (19)___2014 it increased (20)___ approximately 1 million. All three sports showed increases (21)______ the whole period.

62

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 9: Complete the following sentences using an appropriate preposition. For

at of

on up

to down

in with

by and

from during

between

1 …………….. 1990 …………. 2000, there was a drop ………… 15% 2 GM car sales peaked ………… 2,000 in 1999. 3 The chart shows a decline ………… 35% ……… the bird population. 4 There has been a significant increase ……… the number of people aged over eighty. 5 There have been dramatic cuts ………… the level of spending on the elderly, reaching a low …….11%. 6 Profits rose ……….a low of 4.5 million to a high of 8 million in 2008. 7 Canda and Australia’s wheat exports fluctuated ………….. 5 million and 6 million respectively. 8 There were significant improvements ………… healthcare ………. 1980. 9 The statistics show a reduction ………… 20% …………. energy costs as a result ………….. the measures. 10 Profits fell ………… 10% from 2,000 to 1,800 in 1970s. 11 The radio station experienced a fall ……….. 36,000 listeners to a total audience ……… 2.1 million. 12 The number of students fell ……….. a low of 1,500 in the second half of the year. 13 Cases of AIDS shot ……… from 2,400 in 1996 to 4,000 in 2004. 14 Demand reached a peak ………. 45,000 in early March. 15 The number of cars sold remained unchanged in 1999 ………. three million. 16 Students do between three ……….. four hours homework a night. 17 The number of accidents …………. 1999 was slightly higher than that of 2000. 18 The figure rose steadily ……………. The four years between 1997 ………… 2001. 19 Oil production rose dramatically at first but then leveled out ………… 70$ a barrel. 20 There was an increase …………… 50,000 between 1990 and 1992.

63

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

III. TENSES Using the appropriate tenses in IELTS writing task 1 is essential if you want to get a high band score. The key is to look at the title of the chart and the information contained on both axes to establish what time frame is used. This will help you establish what tense you should use. Example: •

If the time is one point in the past, e.g. January 1990, then we should use the past tense.

•

If it has projections for the future, e.g. 2045, we use future tenses.

•

It there is no time, we use present simple.

Below are a range of tenses that could be used in task 1. Remember, the tense you use will depend on the information displayed in the graph. This is not a complete list of tenses and an awareness of all the English tenses will help you achieve the IELTS score you need. 1. Present Perfect: We use this tense generally to talk about an action that happened at an unspecified time before now. The exact time period is not important In writing task 1, we use this tense to talk about changes in data that have happened over a period of time. Example “The price of oil has fallen by $5 a barrel every week since July.” 2. Present Perfect Continuous We use this tense to show that something started in the past and has continued up until now. Example “Oil prices have been decreasing since July.” 3. Future Perfect We use this tense to state that something will be finished by a particular time in the future. We often use it with ‘by’ or ‘in’. Example “The price of oil will have reached $300 a barrel by 2020.” 4. Past Simple Use this tense to talk about an action that started and finished at a specific time in the past. Example “The price of oil fell from $150 in Jan 2014 to $50 in Jan 2015.” 64

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 10: Fill the gaps in the graph description with the past simple verbs below. Verbs: rose to, were, used, reached, was (x2)

In 1999, the proportion of people using the Internet in the USA ______ about 20%. The figures for Canada and Mexico ______ lower, at about 10% and 5% respectively. In 2005, Internet usage in both the USA and Canada ______ around 70% of the population, while the figure for Mexico ______ just over 25%. By 2009, the percentage of Internet users ______ highest in Canada. Almost 100% of Canadians ______ the Internet, compared to about 80% of Americans and only 40% of Mexicans. Exercise 11: Look at the chart and fill in the gaps with the past simple or present perfect simple of the verbs in brackets.

1 The chart shows the percentage of American students who ...................... (use) illicit drugs since 2000. 2 The proportion of female students who have ever used illicit drugs ...................... (increase) by more than 50% since 2000.

65

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3 In 2010, the percentage of American male students reported to be using drugs ............. (rise) to 50%. 4 From the graph we can see that illicit drug use among American female students .................... (rise) each year. 5 The percentage of male students who used illicit drugs ..................... (be) greater than the percentage of female students from 2000 to 2010. 6 However, American female students ...................... (overtake) male students in drug usage since 2010. 7 The overall drug-use rate among American students ..................... (grow) each year and the most significant rise ..................... (occur) between 2000 and 2005.

IV. MODEL ANSWER The graph below shows the proportion of the population aged 65 and over between 1940 and 2040 in three different countries.

The line graph compares the percentage of people aged 65 or more in three countries over a period of 100 years. It is clear that the proportion of elderly people increases in each country between 1940 and 2040. Japan is expected to see the most dramatic changes in its elderly population. In 1940, around 9% of Americans were aged 65 or over, compared to about 7% of Swedish people and 5% of Japanese people. The proportions of elderly people in the USA and Sweden rose gradually over the next 50 years, reaching just under 15% in 1990. By contrast, the figures for Japan remained below 5% until the early 2000s.

66

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Looking into the future, a sudden increase in the percentage of elderly people is predicted for Japan, with a jump of over 15% in just 10 years from 2030 to 2040. By 2040, it is thought that around 27% of the Japanese population will be 65 years old or more, while the figures for Sweden and the USA will be slightly lower, at about 25% and 23% respectively. (178 words, band 9)

V. PRACTICE Write the body paragraph of the following task The graph below shows UK acid rain emissions, measured in millions of tones, from four different sectors between 1990 and 2007.

................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 67

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

VI. HOMEWORK Write the body paragraphs of the following tasks 1. International migration in the UK

................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Internet Users as percentage of population

................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 68

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. The table below shows the results of surveys in 2000, 2005 and 2010 about one univesity. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisions where relevant. Write at least 150 words.

Percentage of Student giving good ratings for different aspects of a university 2000

2005

2010

Teaching Quality

65

63

69

Print Resources

87

89

88

Electronic resources

45

72

88

Range of Modules offered

32

30

27

Buildings/ teaching facilities

77

77

77

4. The chart below shows how frequently people in the USA ate in fast food restaurants between 2003 and 2013.

69

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT STATIC CHARTS

04

Khác với biểu đồ thay đổi theo thời gian (Dynamic Charts), biểu đồ không thay đổi theo thời gian (Static charts) đòi hỏi người viết phải so sánh được các số liệu để giúp bài viết có giá trị và giúp người đọc hiểu được biểu đồ một cách dễ dàng. Cách viết dạng bài này sẽ được giới thiệu trong bài học một cách cụ thể giúp bạn tự tin trong phần thi Writing Task 1.

I. THÔNG TIN CHUNG Đò thị không thể hiện huynh hướng (trends) thay đỏ i theo thời gian được gọ i là STATIC CHARTS. Đạ c trưng củ a dạ ng biẻ u đò nà y là tá t cả data (dữ liẹ u) thuọ c vè một thời gian xác định (mọ t năm, mọ t thá ng, …) hoạ c không có thời gian cụ thể. STATIC CHARTS có thẻ là biẻ u đò cọ t (bar charts), biẻ u đò trò n (pie charts) hoạ c bả ng (Tables). Thay vì mô tả sự thay đỏ i củ a dữ liẹ u, bạ n phả i mô tả sự gió ng nhau và khá c nhau, lớn hơn, nhỏ hơn củ a chú ng, hay cò n gọ i là so sá nh – đó i chié u (compare and contrast).

II. NGÔN NGỮ DÙNG ĐỂ SO SÁNH Đẻ so sá nh được hai đó i tượng thì bạ n cà n phả i ná m vững cá c cá u trú c, ngôn ngữ dù ng riêng cho dạ ng nà y: 1. Sử dụ ng tính từ so sá nh hơn và so sá nh nhá t (Comparative and Superlative Adjectives) Ví dụ: So sánh hơn: Leopards are faster than tigers. (Báo chạy nhanh hơn hổ) 2. Sử dụ ng cá u trú c so sá nh bà ng: _ Similar: The trends for 2018 were very similar to the trends for 2009. (Xu hướng năm 2018 giống với xu hướng năm 2009) _ Same as: The percentage of females who studied at university in 2011 was almost exactly the same as in 2012. (Số phần trăm nữ sinh học đại học năm 2011 gần như bằng với năm 2012) 3. Sử dụ ng cá u trú c so sá nh NOT AS …AS _ Cá u trú c chung: Subject 1 is/ are not as + adjective + as + Subject 2 Example: Coffee in France is not as expensive as in the UK. (Giá cà phê ở Pháp thì không đắt như ở Anh) 4. Sử dụ ng Linking devices (từ nối) đẻ tạ o sự liên ké t giữa cá c vé so sá nh sự trá i ngược nhau: 70

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

_ Linking devices phỏ bié n: whereas, while, compared to, as opposed to, in comparision with, … _ Mọ t só từ liên ké t khá c: In contrast, However, On the other hand, Although, But. Ngoà i ra, bạ n phả i ná m rõ ngôn ngữ tỉ lẹ (percentage language) vì viẹ c so sá nh sẽ sử dụ ng cá c só liẹ u, đạ c biẹ t là phà n trăm (percentage) rá t nhiè u. Dưới đây là mọ t và i từ vựng hữu ích đẻ thẻ hiẹ n phà n trăm: 1. Account for. Ví dụ: Water accounts for the majority of human body. (Nước chiếm phần lớn cơ thể người) 2. Make up/constitute. Ví dụ: Women made up a significant percentage of the workforce. (Phụ nữ chié m mọ t tỉ lẹ lớn trong lực lượng lao đọ ng). 3. Amounted to; Stand at; Reach Cuó i cù ng, có mọ t lõ i sai phỏ bié n trong nhiè u bà i thi WRITING mà bạ n cà n ghi nhớ: Sử dụ ng sai chủ ngữ (Subject). Trước khi bá t đà u Task 1 củ a bạ n, bạ n phả i xem xé t kỹ chủ ngữ ở đây là gì? Cá i gì đang được thẻ hiẹ n trên biẻ u đò ? Hiẻ u sai chủ ngữ sẽ là m bạ n bị sao nhã ng khỏ i viẹ c trả lời đú ng trọ ng tâm câu hỏ i – 1 trong 4 tiêu chí chá m bà i củ a Task 1 (Task Achievement).

71

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

04

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT STATIC CHARTS

I. GENERAL INFORMATION Static charts or comparative graphs contain data points belonging to either a single time frame - such as one year, one month etc. - or have no time reference. In a static chart,

you describe how things are similar or different, bigger or smaller inside one time period. Statics charts can be bar charts, pie charts or tables.

Percentage of national consumer expenditure by category 2002

II. COMPARE AND CONTRAST LANGUAGE In Task 1, you need to compare accurately the information presented in line graphs, pie charts, tables and bar graphs in a variety of different ways. In this section you will review and develop a variety of useful ways of doing this.

72

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

1. Comparative and Superlative Adjectives Being able to compare and contrast data is an essential skill for IELTS writing, especially in Task 1. Comparatives and superlatives are one common way to do this. ❖ Comparatives are used to compare two things: Example: Leopards are faster than tigers. ❖ Superlatives are used to compare one thing against a group of others: Example: The leopard is the largest of the four big cats. Exercise 1: Write these adjectives in their comparative and superlative forms in the correct columns of the table below.

busy

cheap

comfortable

common

crowded

dangerous

economical

expensive

far

fast

good

healthy

interesting

noisy

popular

quiet

successful

tall

difficult

easy

high

intelligent

useful

well-paid

Comparative -er Busier

more/less More comfortable

Superlative the+adj + est/-iest

the most/ the least + adj

The busiest

The most comfortable

Exercise 2: Compare your answers to Exercise 1 with a partner. What are the general rules? What spelling rules are there? What are the opposites of the adjectives in Exercise 1?

73

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Here are the basics of how they are formed: Example Word Words with one syllable

Comparative

Superlative

high

higher

the highest

productive

more productive

the most

less productive

productive

Words with two syllables or more

the least productive

Words ending in –y

wealthy

wealthier

the wealthiest

Short words ending with a

hot

hotter

the hottest

good

better

the best

bad

worse

worst

far

the

the farthest, the

little

farther/further

furthest

old

less

least

many/ much

elder/ older

the eldest/ the

more

oldest

consonant/vowel/consonant

Irregular

most Exercise 3: Write sentences about these pairs using comparatives. Share ideas with a partner. Example: The countryside is quieter than the city.

•

The city / the countryside

•

Cricket / football

•

New York / Paris

•

Learning grammar / learning vocabulary

•

Travelling business class / travelling economy class

•

A plane / a bicycle

74

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 4: Look at the chart and write accurate comparative sentences about the information in it using these prompts.

1 Coffee in the UK / expensive / France ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 The cost of a coffee in Spain / low / France ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 The cost of a coffee in Spain / high / Portugal ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Coffee in Latvia / cheap / Portugal ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 The cost of coffee in France / expensive / Latvia

............................................................................................................................................................................ Exercise 5: Complete these sentences using the information in the chart in Exercise 4. 1 The most expensive coffee is in ……………….., £2.90. 2 The second most expensive is in………………….., where it costs ……………………. 3 Coffee in …………………… is the third m…………………., at ……………………. 4 The next …………………... coffee is …………………… 5 The least …………………….

75

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Comparisons with “ similar ” or “same” or “as … as” ❖ Similar (to) • The percentage of females and males who studied languages at university were very similar. • A similar amount of gas and electricity was used domestically in homes. • The figures for 2012 were very similar to the figures for 2013. ❖ Same as …as • The percentage of females who studied at university in 2011 was almost exactly the same as in 2012. 3. Comparisons with “not as …as” Another important way to write about comparatives is to use the structure “ X is not as + adjective + as Y ” • Coffee in France is not as expensive as in the UK. Becoming confident using this structure will make your writing more flexible. Exercise 6: Use the structure above to rewrite this sentence. “The Fratton Road library was less busy than the one in Commercial Road in March.” .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Exercise 7: Use the same structure to write sentences about these pairs of information. 1 hamburgers £2 / french fries £1.90 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Majorca 30 degrees / Castellon 35 degrees. ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 southern trains 125 mph / northern trains 100 mph. ............................................................................................................................................................................................

76

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 8: Look at this chart and write three sentences about the data using the same structure. Compare your sentences with a partner.

Exercise 9: Rewrite the comparative sentences below using “ not as + adjective (from the box) + as ”. high

popular

expensive

successful

1 Monster Hits Records sold 230,000 CDs in 1990, whereas Crooners plc sold 225,000. ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 A hundred couples chose the name James in 2000, while just 20 couples opted for the name Peter. ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 It costs an average of £95 to spend a night in hotel in Paris, as opposed to over £150 in Zurich. ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 The temperature in Rawai Island was much lower than in Phuket, at 15 degrees and 25 degrees respectively. ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4. Linking devices Exercise 10: These sentences contain four linking devices. Find and underline them. The first one has been done for you. 1 a. Monster Hits Records sold 230,000 CDs in 1990, while Crooners plc sold 225,000 b. Monster Hits Records sold 230,000 CDs in 1990, as opposed to Crooners plc, who sold 225,000 77

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2 a. A hundred couples chose the name James in 2000, whereas just 20 couples opted for the name Peter. b. A hundred couples chose the name James in 2000, compared to 20 who opted for the name Peter. Exercise 11: The linking devices “whereas” and “while” work with slightly different grammar to “compared to” and “as opposed to”. Study the pairs of sentences in Exercise 1. What is the difference?

Grammar structure 1.

Clause, whereas/ while + clause

Example: • There are only 3 million in France, while there are 4 million miles of train lines in the UK. OR • While there are 4 million miles of train lines in the UK, there are only 3 million in France. 2. Clause + compared to/ as apposed to/ in comparison with + Noun/ noun phrase Example: • Prices in the UK are high compared to (prices in) Canada and Australia. OR • Compared to (prices in) Canada and Australia, prices in the UK are high. Exercise 12: Correct the mistakes in these sentences 1 Just 10% of first-time buyers said they needed a garage, as opposed to 30% said a large kitchen was necessary. 2 Just 10% of first-time buyers said they needed a garage, whereas 30% who said a large kitchen was necessary.

78

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 13: Complete these sentences with a suitable linking device and idea. Compare your answers with a partner. 1 Five hundred people owned a dog, while ......................................................................................... 2 A meal at Rosie’s costs £20, as opposed to ...................................................................................... 3 Fifteen per cent of people aged between 18 and 30 said they visited Barcelona for the nightlife, compared to .............................................................................................................................. 4 The majority of doctors said they found their jobs satisfying, whereas .................................... .........................................................................................................................................................................

❖ Other conjunctions In contrast • The most popular form of holiday among the Welsh was self-catering with over 60% choosing to cook for themselves. In contrast, only 5 % of the English chose this form of vacation and hotel accommodation was much more popular at 48%. In comparison • Almost 50% of the English, Scots and Northern Irish chose to stay in a hotel for their holiday. In comparison, staying in self-catering accommodation was much less popular with around 10% of people choosing this. However • The general pattern was for hotel accommodation to be the most popular with around half the people choosing it. The majority of the Welsh, however, chose to stay in self-catering accommodation. On the other hand • It is clear that a majority of the British chose to stay in hotel for their holiday. On the other hand, there was an exception to this because over 50% of the Welsh opted for self-catering accommodation. Although • Although 15% of the French read novels, only 5% of the British do. But • Almost 25% of French females study maths with a private tutor, but nearly 60% study English with one. 79

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 14: Look at the table below. What is being compared?

Natural Gas Consumption and Production, 2001 Country

Consumption*

Production*

The USA

588.9

500.0

The United Kingdom

86.1

97.3

The Former Soviet Union

7.1

0.4

The UAE

30.0

35.9

Australia

19.1

28.0

Japan

68.6

0

New Zealand

4.9

5.1

South Korea

18.9

0

China

24.3

25.0 *in millions of tonnes

Look at the compare and contrast language in the box and choose the correct word to complete the sentences times more

nearly the same

lowest

However

biggest

while

least

far more

Just under

Than

1 New Zealand consumed the …………………. gas at approximately 5 million tonnes. 2 The former Soviet Union produced the ……………… amount at 0.4 million tonnes. 3 The USA was the ……………… consumer and producer of gas at 600 million tonnes and 500 respectively. 4 The USA consumed and produced ……………. Natural gas than any other country. 5 South Korea consumed 18.9 millions tonnes of gas; ……………………...; it produced none. 6 China’s consumption and production of oil were …………………….. at 24.3 and 25.0 respectively. 7 The USA, the Former Soviet Union, Japan and South Korea all consumed more gas ……………… they produced. 8 Australia consumed four ………………… gas than New Zealand. 9 ……………………….. Zealand produced 5.1 million tonnes of gas, South Korea produced none. 10 New Zealand consumed ……………….. 5 million tonnes of gas. 80

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

III. PERCENTAGE LANGUAGE While percent means literally for every hundred, the word percentage is used more broadly to mean proportion. Thus we can say that the percentage/proportion of women in the workforce has risen, but we cannot say that the percent of women in the workforce has risen. In contrast, we can say the population of Japan increased by 2 percent. ❖ Useful vocabulary to write a percentage of a certain sector: Account for Make up Take up Consist of Comprise

+ number or percentage

Include Contribute Constitute Example • Women made up/constituted a significant percentage of the workforce. • Fossil fuel emissions accounted for the majority of greenhouse gases. ❖ Other related verbs Amounted to: to become or add up to a particular amount: • Paper and cardboard amounted to 21% of the total household waste. Stand at : to be at or reach a particular level • The population of Vietnam stood at 90 million at the turn of the century. Reach: to get to a particular high or higher level • The consumption of fossil fuels reached the highest levels in recent years.

81

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IV. COMMON MISTAKE Look carefully at the IELTS graphs below and their titles. Underneath each is a brief descriptive sentence about the graphs. What is wrong with them?

From 1975 to 2000, hamburgers increased dramatically from 10 to 100 times per year. At the same time, fish and chips fell significantly to just under 40.

While buses fell from just over 25% to around 16% in 2000, cars increased dramatically to over 35%. Meanwhile, bikes fell over this time frame.

82

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Did you find what the errors were? Can hamburgers increase and fish and chips fall? Can a car increase, or a bus and a bike fall? No, but the consumption of hamburgers or fish and chips can fall or rise, and the use of a car, bike or bus can increase or decrease. There are a number of ways that the sentences in the IELTS graphs could have been written correctly, but here are some possibilities: From 1975 to 2000, the consumption of hamburgers increased dramatically from 10 to 100 times per year. At the same time, the number of times that fish and chips were eaten fell significantly to just under 40. While bus usage fell from just over 25% to around 16% in 2000, cars as a mode of travel increased dramatically to over 35%. Meanwhile, the use of bikes fell over this time frame. ➢ Check Your Subject When you are analysing your task 1 before you write about it, look very carefully to identify what the subject is i.e. what is it exactly that is being measured? A common mistake when writing about IELTS graphs in task 1 of the test is to get the subject wrong.

• The first graph is about the consumption of fast foods. • The second graph is about the use of four types of transport. Getting this wrong will significantly detract from your response to the task. Exercise 15: Below are some examples of sentences taken from IELTS graphs where the subject is wrong. At the end of the sentence in brackets is a word which is missing. Have a go at writing the corrected sentence using the word (you may have to add in some more information such as 'the number of' or change the form of the missing word). Example: • Cinema's increased from 2000 to 2005. (attendance) -> Cinema’s attendance increased from 2000 to 2005. OR • The number of people attending / who attended the cinema increased from 2000 to 2005

83

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

1 Saudi Arabia fell significantly to 270 million barrels a year. (oil production) ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 2000 to 2010 saw DVDs drop from 70% to 60%. (purchased) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3. Electricity, gas and water supply fell dramatically to only 0.5 million tones in 2007 (emissions) .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Overall, both immigration and emigration rose between 1999 to 2008 (rates) .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 People who used the Internet increased in each country over the period shown. (number) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 6 The biggest change was seen in the households without a car (proportion) .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 7 Consumer spent on food, drinks and tobacco was noticeably higher in Turkey (spending) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8 From 1980 to 1990, scientists and technicians in industrialised countries almost doubled to about 70 per 1000 people (number) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 9 The percentage of household water use in South America was higher than other parts of the world (those) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 10 An average home in Madrid rose by a further 2% (cost) ..............................................................................................................................................................................

84

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

V. MODEL ANSWER The pie charts compare ways of accessing the news in the UK and Brazil.

The pie charts show the principle ways of finding out the news in two different countries, the UK and Brazil. The two nations show broadly similar patterns, though there are some differences, both significant and minor. Overall, it can be said that the high levels of internet use in Brazil mean that other methods such as radio and print are used less in comparison with the UK. One of the most prominent features of this data is that, while in the UK over a third of people access the news online, in Brazil the figure is more than half, at 53%. It is apparent that viewing the TV news is popular in both countries, with about two fifths of the UK population favouring this module of delivery and only 3% fewer in Brazil. One major difference between the UK and Brazil is that over twice as many people read the news in print in the former, compared with the latter. The figures are 15% and 6% respectively. Similarly, listening to the news on the radio is preferred by three times more people in the UK than in Brazil. (151 words)

Exercise 16: Read the model answer and list examples of: 1 Comparatives 2 Superlatives 3 Linking devices 4 Percentages 5 Use of fractions

85

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

VI. PRACTICE Write the body paragraph of the following task The table below gives information on consumer spending on different items in five different countries in 2002.

Percentage of national consumer expenditure by category - 2002

.............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

86

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

VII. HOMEWORK 1.

2. The table below shows the proportion of different categories of families living in poverty in Australia in 1999.

87

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3.

4. The chart below shows the total number of Olympic medals won by twelve different countries.

88

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IELTS WRITING TASK 2 PLANNING

05

IELTS Writing Task 2 thường là phần bạn phải hoàn thành sau cùng trong suốt kì thi, đến lúc này não bạn sẽ bắt đầu cảm thấy mệt và không còn minh mẫn như lúc mới bắt đầu làm bài nữa. Chính vì vậy mà bạn cần phải ôn tập kĩ càng, vạch ra chiến lược làm bài để trong phòng thi bạn không cần phải lăn tăn suy nghĩ quá nhiều về cấu trúc cũng như ngôn ngữ sử dụng trong bài viết. Và tất cả sẽ được giải đáp trong 5 bài tiếp theo của cuốn sách này. Năm bà i họ c tié p theo của quyển sách tạ p trung hướng dã n bạ n cá ch vié t mọ t bà i writing Task 2. Trong bài học đầu tiên, sách sẽ cung cấp những thông tin cơ bản về bài thi IELTS Writing đồng thời giới thiệu cấu trúc chung cho bài viết Essay, cách phân bổ thời gian và lên dàn ý cho bài viết. Bạ n có tỏ ng cọ ng 90 phút cho phà n thi writing và bạ n nên dù ng ít nhá t 40 phút cho Task 2. Cá u trú c củ a bà i vié t và thời gian cần phân bổ cho từng phà n như sau: 1. Planning (lên kế hoạch)– 5 đến 10 phút: Ở phần này các bạn dành thời gian vạch ra mọ t dà n bà i để giú p bạ n tié t kiẹ m thời gian và không bị lan man trong câu trả lời. Chiến thuật đẻ lạ p mọ t dà n bà i tó t điẻ n hình: - Đọ c và hiẻ u rõ câu hỏ i, gạ ch chân những ý quan trọ ng - Tỏ chức cá u trú c bà i vié t - Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t 2. Introduction (mở bài) – 2 câu – 5 phú t 3. Body 1 (thân bài 1) – 5 câu – 10 phú t 4. Body 2 (thân bài 2) – 5 câu – 10 phú t 5. Conclusion (kết luận) – 1 câu – 5 phú t (bao gò m kiẻ m tra lạ i bà i vié t) Đối với bài viết Writing Task 2 này, bạ n phả i vié t ít nhá t 250 từ, só lượng từ hợp lý nhá t là 270-280 . Bà i vié t củ a bạ n phả i theo formal style (phong cá ch trang trọ ng), tức là không được sử dụng từ ở dạng rút gọn (don’t, he’s), không sử dụ ng văn nói và không nên sử dụ ng cá c từ mang tính tuyệt đối (must, never, always) khi thẻ hiẹ n ý kié n củ a bả n thân vì ý kiến của bạn không phải là một sự thật.

89

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Tiêu chí chá m điẻ m củ a Task 2 cũ ng gà n gió ng với Task 1, bao gò m 4 tiêu chí: Grammatical Range and Accuracy (Khả năng sử dụ ng thà nh thạ o và chính xá c cấu trúc, ngữ pháp), Lexical Resource (Vó n từ vựng), Coherence and Cohesion (Tính mạ ch lạ ch và liên ké t củ a bà i vié t), Task Response (Đá p ứng đủ yêu cà u đè bà i). Có tá t cả 5 dạ ng essays trong Task 2: 1. Opinon: nêu ý kié n củ a bả n thân (agree/disagree/partly agree/partly disagree – đồng ý/không đồng ý/ đồng ý một phần/ không đồng ý một phần) đó i với mọ t phát biểu được đưa ra. 2. Discussion: thảo luận hai ý kiến củ a mọ t vá n đè hoặc bàn về lợi ích và bất lợi (advantages and disadvantages). 3. Discussion + Opinion: thảo luận hai ý kiến củ a mọ t vá n đè và nêu lên quan điẻ m củ a bạ n. 4. Cause/problems and solutions: đưa ra nguyên nhân và giả i phá p cho mọ t vá n đè . 5. Two-part question: có hai câu hỏ i riêng biẹ t và bạ n phả i trả lời cả hai câu hỏ i đó .

90

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IELTS WRITING TASK 2

05

PLANNING

I. OBJECTIVES At the end of the lesson, students will be able to: - Know basic information about an IELTS Writing Task 2 test. - Identify 5 different types of essays in IELTS Writing task 2. - Plan the structure for an essay correctly. - Plan the ideas for an essay.

II. OVERVIEW 1. Basic information There is some basic information that you need to look through, including structure of the essay, time, number of words and writing style. These information would help you understand how to write an essay in a correct way and manage time appropriately on Writing task 2. a. Structure of the essay: It is highly recommended to write 04 paragraphs with approximately 13 sentences in overall as follows: - Introduction: 02 sentences - Body 1: 05 sentences - Body 2: 05 sentences - Conclusion: 01 sentence b. Time: Candidates are recommended so spend at least 40 minutes on Task 2. The time allocation is suggested as follows: - Planning: 5-10 minutes - Introduction: 5 minutes - Body 1: 10 minutes - Body 2: 10 minutes - Conclusion and checking: 5 minutes

91

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

c. Number of words: - Minimum number of words: 250. - Suggested number of words: 270-280. - Suggested lines of words: 27-28 (with the average number of words in a line is 10). d. Writing style: - You should write the essay in formal style: • No contractions (e.g. don’t, he’s, it’s, …) • No spoken English (e.g. kind of, okay, pretty much, absolutely, …) • Choose appropriate phrasal verbs because most of them are informal (There are still some phrasal verbs that could be used in IELTS Writing: account for, carry out, bring out, come about, be based on, …) - You should not use extreme words (e.g. must, never, always, all, every, …) with your opinion because your opinion is not a fact. 2. Marking criteria There are 4 criteria that the examiner will base on to assess your IELTS essay. In IELTS Writing task 2, each criterion makes up 25% of your total marks. - Grammatical range and accuracy: • This criterion is about sentence structures and the tenses you use in your essay, your control of grammar and also how many mistakes you make. • In order to boost your score, try to use a large range of complex structures with full flexibility and accuracy, use the correct punctuation as well as avoid errors in grammar such as articles, uncountable nouns, word orders. - Lexical resource: • This criterion is about your use of vocabulary, paraphrasing, spelling and also how many mistakes you make. • You can boost your Lexical resource by using a wide range of vocabulary with natural and sophisticated control of lexical features. It means you need to pay attention to collocations and spelling, use uncommon words in formal language and paraphrase carefully to avoid repetition. - Coherence and cohesion: • This criterion is about the organization of your essay, the paragraphs and the way you use linking devices. • Your score will increase if you use a wide range of linking words without errors and organize your ideas logically. 92

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Task response: • This criterion is about the way you answer the IELTS essay question, your main ideas and how you develop and prove them. • You can boost your score by fully addressing all parts of the task as well as presenting a fully developed position in answer to the question with relevant, fully extended and well supported ideas. 3. Types of essays There are 5 different types of essays, including: Opinion, Discussion, Discussion + Opinion, Causes/ Problems and Solutions and 2-part Questions. a. Opinion. In this type of essay, you are given a statement and then you need to answer whether you agree or disagree on it then explain. You can also partly agree and partly disagree on that statement. However, it is better if you give out your opinion in a strong and clear manner. Common questions: - Do you agree or disagree? - To what extent do you agree or disagree? - Is this a positive or negative development?

Example • “Space exploration is much too expensive and the money should be spent on more important things. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” • “Parents are the most effective teachers. Do you agree or disagree with the statement?” • “In contemporary society, food has become easier to prepare. Is this a positive or negative development?” b. Discussion. In Discussion essay, you are asked to discuss two opinions which were given in the question statement or the advantages and disadvantages of something. Common questions: - Discuss the advantages and disadvantages. - Discuss both views. - What are the benefits and drawbacks?

93

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example • “Many products that we buy are made in other countries. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages.” • “Some people think that environmental problems should be solved on a global scale while others believe it is better to deal with them nationally. Discuss both views.” • “As countries become more developed, many fast food outlets move into the country giving local people greater access to fast food. What are the benefits and drawbacks?” c. Discussion + opinion. In this type of essay, you are asked to discuss two opinions which were given in the question statement and also you have to state your own opinion.

Common questions: - Discuss both views/sides and give your opinion. - Do the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?

Example • “All parents want the best opportunities for their children. There are some people who think that schools should teach children skills but others think having a range of subjects is better for a children’s future. Discuss both sides and give your opinion.” • “English is becoming the most prominent language in the world. Do the advantages of having only one language in the world outweigh the disadvantages?” d. Causes/ problems and solutions. In Causes/problems and solutions essay, you need to list out causes/problems related to a particular topic and then suggest solutions to those problems.

Common questions: - What are the causes and suggest some solutions to the problems.

94

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example • “An increasing number of professionals, such as doctors and teachers, are leaving their own poorer countries to work in developed countries. What problems does this cause and suggest some solutions to the problem.” • “More and more wild animals are on the verge of extinction and others are on the endangered list. Discuss the possible solutions to overcome the problem.” e. 2-part question In this type of essay, you are given 2 separate questions that you must answer. Common questions: - Why is this the case? Is it a positive or negative development?

Example • “Happiness if often considered difficult to define. Why is this? What factors determine happiness?” • “Success is often measured by wealth and material possessions. Do you think wealth is the best measure of success? What makes a successful person?” NOTE: Notice the use of the word 'or': positive or negative, agree or disagree. You are not being told to discuss the positives and negatives.

4. Why do we need to plan the essay? Writing an IELTS essay without a plan is the same as finding way to a new destination while you do not have any maps. You might arrive at your destination subsequently, but it will take a long time because you will go in the wrong directions on the way or even get lost. To explain why you need to plan the essay before starting to write it, below are four detailed benefits:

95

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Good planning helps you save time: With a good plan, you can write faster because you already know what you are going to write. Otherwise you have to stop many times to think about your ideas while you are writing. - Good planning leads to more relevant answers: IELTS essay planning means your essay will answer the question in an appropriate way. This means you will obtain a higher band score for Task Response. - Good planning helps your writing to have a better structure: When planning the essay, you can put your ideas, explanations and examples into a clear structure before you start to write. Therefore, you will get a higher band score for Coherence. - Good planning leads to better language: IELTS essay planning means you can focus on thinking about vocabulary and grammar because you do not need to think about your ideas while you write anymore. As a result, you will get a higher band score for Lexical Resource and Grammatical Range and Accuracy.

III. STRATEGY FOR PLANNING 1. Step 1: Read and understand the topic question, underline the key parts. - Read the question very carefully to identify the type of essay you have to write. - Underline the key parts to identify the task you are being asked to do. Example 1 Underline the key parts in the topic question below, then identify the type of essay: “ Women and men are commonly seen as having different strengths and weaknesses. Is it right to exclude males or females from certain professions because of their gender? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience.” Key parts are underlined. The question asks you to give your opinion, then give “reasons” and “relevant examples” to strengthen your opinion. Therefore, this is an Opinion type of essay. Exercise 1: Underline the key parts in the topic question below, and then identify the type of essay “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

96

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Step 2: Plan the structure. After identifying the type of essay in Step 1, you are going to plan the structure based on the type of essay. Opinion

Discussion

Paraphrase Introduction

Body 1

Discussion

Causes/Problems

2-part

and Opinion

and Solutions

Question

Paraphrase

the topic +

Paraphrase

the topic +

Paraphrase the

Paraphrase

State your

the topic

State your

topic

the topic

opinion

opinion

Discuss

Discuss the

about the

Discuss one

opposite side

side that you

side

(you do not

agree with

Causes/Problems

Answer to Question 1

support) State your

Discuss Body 2

about the side that you agree with

Discuss the opposite side

opinion + Discuss about the

Solutions

Answer to Question 1

side that you agree with

Paraphrase Conclusion

Paraphrase

the topic +

Paraphrase

the topic +

Paraphrase the

Paraphrase

State your

the topic

State your

topic

the topic

opinion

opinion

a. Opinion: If the essay is identified as Opinion type, then the structure should be as follows: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion - Body 1: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with - Body 2: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion NOTE: In this type of essay, it would be better if you discuss only one side that you support (For instance, discuss only one side that you agree with in both body 1 and body 2, or otherwise, discuss only one side that you disagree with in both bodies).

97

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example 2 Plan the structure for the following essay question: “Women and men are commonly seen as having different strengths and weaknesses. Is it right to exclude males or females from certain professions because of their genders? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience.” This is an Opinion type of essay, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion (I think it is not right) - Body 1: It is not right – men and women are able to do most jobs equally well - Body 2: It is not right – recruiting both males and females to different professions is good because they can often complete the same job in different manners - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion b. Discussion: If the essay is Discussion type, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: Discuss one side - Body 2: Discuss the opposite side - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic NOTE: In Discussion essays, you are NOT allowed to state your own opinion. Example 3 Plan the structure for the following essay question: “People now have the freedom to work and live everywhere in the world due to the development of communication technology and transportation. What are the advantages and disadvantages of this trend?”

Below is a suggested structure for Discussion essay: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: Advantages of the trend. - Body 2: Disadvantages of the trend. - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic

98

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

c. Discussion and opinion: If the essay is identified as Discussion and Opinion type, the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion - Body 1: Discuss the opposite side (that you do not support) - Body 2: State your opinion + Discuss the side that you agree with - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion

NOTE: In this type of essay, you are requested not only to discuss both sides, but also to state your own opinion. At the same time, you are recommended to discuss the side that you agree with and state your opinion in Body 2, therefore, in Body 1, you are going to discuss the view that you disagree with.

Example 4: Plan the structure for the following essay question: “Some people think that the developments involving the Internet have brought people closer together while others think that people and communities have become more isolated. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” This is a Discussion and Opinion type of essay, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion - Body 1: The Internet has made people and communities more isolated. - Body 2: The Internet has brought people closer together (I agree with this idea) - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion d. Causes/ Problems and Solutions: When the essay is identified as Causes/Problems and Solutions type, then the structure should be as follows: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: Causes/ Problems - Body 2: Solutions - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic

99

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example 5 Plan the structure for the following essay question: “The Internet has transformed the way information is shared and consumed, but it has also created problems that did not exist before. What are the most serious problems associated with the Internet and what solutions can you suggest?” This is a Problems and Solutions type of essay, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: The most serious problems - Body 2: Some possible solutions - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic e. 2-part Question: If the essay is identified as 2-part Question type, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: Answer to question 1 - Body 2: Answer to question 2 - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic NOTE: In this type of essay, you must give clear answers to both two questions. Example 6 Plan the structure for the following essay question: “These days many fathers stay at home and take care of their children while mothers go out to work. What could be the reason for this? Do you think it is a positive or a negative development?” This is a 2- part Question type of essay, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic - Body 1: Reasons for the development. - Body 2: In my opinion, it is a positive development. - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic.

100

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 2: Plan the structure for the following essay question: a “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “With a fast pace of modern life more and more people are turning towards fast food for their main meals. Do you think the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “Nowadays the way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology. In what ways has technology affected the types of relationships that people make? Has this been a positive or negative development?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d “More and more people are migrating to cities in search of a better life, but city life can be extremely difficult. Explain some of the difficulties of living in a city. How can governments make urban life better for everyone?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e “Some people believe that studying at university or college is the best route to a successful career, while others believe that it is better to get a job straight after school. Discuss both views.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

101

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. Step 3: Plan ideas. In this step, you are going to plan the main ideas for the two main paragraphs (Body 1 and Body 2). 4 stages to plan ideas for Body 1 and Body 2 Stage 1:

Brainstorm, note down any ideas you have.

Stage 2:

Develop ideas in details, keep asking yourself “Why? Why? Why?” to obtain explanations.

Stage 3:

Think of examples to support your ideas.

Stage 4:

Group related ideas by numbering them.

NOTE: - You have to include explanations and examples to support your arguments and persuade the reader. Remember it is best to convince the reader until your arguments make sense. If you find it is difficult to give explanations then you must include examples. Sometimes it is acceptable to give examples first, and then you explain from your examples. Try to support your ideas until they become a common sense. - At the first stage, you are recommended to write down any ideas that appear when you brainstorm. It is important to group related ideas by numbering them at the final stage. If you do not do this, your essay may not be coherent and you will lose your Coherence and Cohesion score.

Example 7 Plan ideas for the following essay question: “Women and men are commonly seen as having different strengths and weaknesses. Is it right to exclude males or females from certain professions because of their gender? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience.”

Now, following four stages above, we are going to plan the main ideas for the two main paragraphs.

102

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Stage 1: Brainstorm, note down any ideas you have. Body 1 - Men and women are able to do most jobs equally well (or equally badly).

Body 2 - Having a varied workforce is a good idea. - Bring natural working environment with different genders.

- It is unfair.

- Excluding women from certain professions may harm the economy. Stage 2: Develop ideas in details, keep asking yourself “Why? Why? Why?” to obtain explanations. Body 1

Body 2

Men and women are able to do most jobs Having a varied workforce is a good idea. equally well (or equally badly). - Because whether being good at a job or not depends on skill and experience rather than gender.

- Because men and women can finish a job in different manners. Bring natural working environment with different genders.

It is unfair.

Excluding

- Because:

professions may harm the economy.

• 1st: people should not be discriminated

- Because it is a waste of labour resource.

women

from

certain

against because of their gender. • 2nd: The modern, free society gives prominence to equality of gender.

103

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Stage 3: Think of examples to support your ideas. Body 1

Body 2

Men and women are able to do most jobs Having a varied workforce is a good idea. equally well (or equally badly). - Because whether being good at a job or not

- Because men and women can finish a job in different manners.

depends on skill and experience rather than Ex: Male teachers are often more hilarious; gender.

female teachers are more gender and careful.

Ex: I have had many good teachers in my life, Bring natural working environment with both men and women.

different genders.

It is unfair.

Ex: Working with different genders helps the

- Because: • 1st: people should not be discriminated against because of their gender. • 2nd: The modern, free society gives prominence to equality of gender.

office happier and more dynamic. Excluding

women

from

certain

professions may harm the economy. - Because it is a waste of labour resource. Ex: Many famous women in countries’

Ex: Stateswomen like Hilary Clinton, Truong My economy: e.g. Nguyen Thi Phuong Thao – Hoa or many world’s famous male master chefs Founder of Vietjet Air, … such as Gordon James Ramsay. Stage 4: Group related ideas by numbering them.

104

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Body 2

Body 1

1

Men and women are able to do most

1 Having a varied workforce is a good

jobs equally well (or equally badly).

- Because whether being good at a job or not depends on skill and experience rather than gender.

idea. - Because men and women can finish a job in different manners. Ex: Male teachers are often more hilarious;

Ex: I have had many good teachers in my life,

female teachers are more gender and

both men and women.

careful.

2 It is unfair.

1

Bring

natural

- Because:

environment

• 1st: people should not be discriminated

genders.

against because of their gender. • 2nd: The modern, free society gives prominence to equality of gender.

different

Ex: Working with different genders helps the office happier and more dynamic.

2

Ex: Stateswomen like Hilary Clinton, Truong My

Excluding women from certain professions

may

harm

the

economy.

Hoa or many world’s famous male master chefs such as Gordon James Ramsay.

with

working

- Because it is a waste of labour resource. Ex: Many famous women in countries’ economy: e.g. Nguyen Thi Phuong Thao – Founder of Vietjet Air, …

In this example, after brainstorming the ideas, you can see that the idea “Bring natural working environment with different genders” is related to the idea “Having a varied workforce is a good idea”, therefore, they are numbered with the same number. Exercise 3: Plan ideas for the following essay question: “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?”  Stage 1: Brainstorm, note down any ideas you have. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

105

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

 Stage 2: Develop ideas in details, keep asking yourself “Why? Why? Why?” to obtain explanations. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................  Stage 3: Think of examples to support your ideas. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................  Stage 4: Group related ideas by numbering them. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

IV. EXAMPLES “Some people think that it is more effective for students to study in groups, while others believe that it is better for them to study alone. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.”

Planning: Step 1: Underline key words in the topic question. The question asks you to “discuss” and “give your own opinion”, therefore you need to write a Discussion and Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion and Opinion type of essay, then the structure should be: - Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion - Body 1: Benefits of studying alone - Body 2: Benefits of group study (I agree with this idea) - Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion

106

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Plan ideas Studying in groups

Studying alone

1 Concentrate better

1 More ideas

Because of no distractions.

Group mates share.

Easier to focus on task.

Ex: Group presentation about finance at

Ex: I concentrated more, did faster when university. studying alone at university.

2 Study at own pace Do not need to wait for others. Ex: When revising for exam time, time is limited.

3 It is a good way to be independent Because they have to brainstorm to finish their task on their own. Ex: When I do a task myself, I am often more initiative.

2 Learn from each other Develop skills (teamwork, problem-solving, …). Ex: I resolved a quarrel between members when doing a presentation at university.

3 Sense of competition Because members in a team have responsibility for their duty. Ex: I feel motivated and desire to prove my excellence to others.

4 More motivation Because of responsibility to the group.

1 Share knowledge, gather more information

V. PRACTICE Read the topic question below and practice on planning. “Some people think that all teenagers should be required to do unpaid work in their free time to help the local community. They believe this would benefit both the individual teenager and society as a whole. Do you agree or disagree?”  Stage 1: Brainstorm, note down any ideas you have. ................................................................................................................................................................................................  Stage 2: Develop ideas in details, keep asking yourself “Why? Why? Why?” to obtain explanations. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 107

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

 Stage 3: Think of examples to support your ideas. ................................................................................................................................................................................................  Stage 4: Group related ideas by numbering them. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

VI. HOMEWORK Read the topic questions below and practice on planning. 1 A growing number of people feel that animals should not be exploited by people and that they should have the same rights as humans, while others argue that humans must employ animals to satisfy their various needs, including uses for food and research. Discuss both views and give your opinion. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Explain some of the ways in which humans are damaging the environment. What can governments do to address these problems? What can individual people do? ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 Universities should accept equal numbers of male and female students in every subject. To what extent do you agree or disagree? ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 Completing university education is thought by some to be the best way to get a good job. On the other hand, other people think that getting experience and developing soft skills is more important. Discuss both sides. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

108

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

5 Many offenders commit more crimes after serving the first punishment. Why is this happening, and what measures can be taken to tackle this problem? ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

109

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

INTRODUCTION

06

Phà n đà u tiên củ a mọ t bà i vié t Task 2 bao giờ cũ ng là INTRODUCTION (giới thiẹ u), đây là phà n rá t quan trọ ng vì nó là phần gây ấn tượng với giá m khả o. Bà i họ c nà y sẽ đi sâu và o viẹ c là m thẻ nà o đẻ vié t được mọ t Introduction cho một bài essay hoàn chỉnh trong thời gian cho phé p. Bạ n nên vié t 2 câu cho phà n Introduction trong vò ng 5 phút đẻ tó i ưu thời gian là m bà i, đò ng thời Introduction củ a bạ n cũ ng phả i chỉ ra được vấn đề và mục đích củ a cả bà i vié t cũ ng như đưa ra thông tin vè chủ đề. Mọ t kỹ năng quan trọ ng đẻ là m tó t INTRODUCTION chính là PARAPHRASE. Trong IELTS, paraphrase nghĩa là vié t lạ i từ, cụm từ hay câu bà ng những từ, cụm từ, hay câu khá c mang tính họ c thuạ t và trang trọ ng hơn. Tại sao paraphrase lại quan trọng đến vậy? Vì nó thể hiện mức độ hiểu và sử dụng từ vựng đa dạng của bạn cũng như giúp bạn tránh được lỗi lặp từ trong bài viết. Có 6 kỹ thuạ t paraphrase: 1. Thay từ bà ng từ đò ng nghĩa (synonyms) 2. Thay đỏ i vị trí cá c từ và cụ m từ 3. Dù ng passive voice (thẻ bị đọ ng) thay cho active voice (thể chủ động) 4. Thay đỏ i dạ ng từ (word family). Danh từ  Tính Từ  Trạ ng từ. Ví dụ: increase => increasing 5. Sử dụ ng dummy subjects (chủ ngữ giả) Ví dụ: it, there 6. Chia nhỏ thông tin thà nh những câu riêng biẹ t Phần Introduction thông thường chỉ có 2 câu vì vậy việc bạn cần làm là nắm rõ chiến lược làm bài cho phần này như sau: Bước 1: Xá c định đề bài 1. Task type: Xác định dạng bài viết (Opinion, Discussion, Problems & Solutions) 2. Statement: Xác định vấn đề được đưa ra 3. Question: Xác định yêu cầu của đề bài

110

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Bước 2: (câu 1) Viết lại đề bài bằng cách Paraphrase theo 6 kỹ thuạ t đã đề cập bên trên. Bước 3: (câu 2) Trả lời câu hỏ i mà đè bà i yêu cà u. Mỗi bước làm sẽ được giải thích chi tiết, đính kèm ví dụ (Examples) và bài tập Exercises để người học hiểu sâu hơn cách làm bài. Cuối bài học là Homework để các bạn có thể tự luyện tập tại nhà.

111

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

06

INTRODUCTION

I. OBJECTIVES At the end of the lesson, students will be able to: - Apply paraphrase techniques into the IELTS Writing Task 2. - Write an Introduction for the IELTS Writing Task 2.

II. OVERVIEW 1. Basic information There is some basic information about the Introduction that you need to acknowledge to make the best use of time. - Number of sentences: 2 - Time: 5 minutes 2. Why do we need to write the Introduction? In an essay, the Introduction is very essential. It is the first paragraph that the examiner reads and it also makes the first impression on the examiner. 3. Introduction’s goals - Attract the attention and interest of the examiner. - Point the focus and purpose of your essay up. - Provide background information on the topic.

III. PARAPHRASE 1. Paraphrasing’s definition - According to Oxford Dictionary, paraphrasing is to express what somebody has said or written using different words, especially in order to make it easier to understand. - In IELTS Writing, paraphrasing is to rewrite a word, phrase or sentence using different

words to make it more formal and academic.

112

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example • Original sentence:

Soccer is popular in many countries.

• Paraphrased sentence:

Football has high reputation in several areas in the world.

In this example, the word “soccer” is replaced by “football”, “countries” is replaced by “areas in the world”, “many” is replaced by “several” and “popular” is replaced by “high reputation”. The second sentence is written in different words but it still remains the same meaning with the first sentence. 1. Paraphrasing’s importance Paraphrasing is an absolutely critical technique in IELTS Writing for a large range of reasons: - Paraphrasing is the best technique to avoid repetition. In Introduction, if you repeat the words in the topic question, your words will not be counted. It also means you will lose your score. - It is a good way to show you understanding of vocabulary and your ability to use them in various ways, therefore you might gain more points for Lexical Resource criterion. 2. Common techniques for paraphrasing There are six common paraphrase techniques that you are going to learn in this lesson: using synonyms, changing the word order, changing active voice to passive voice, changing word form, using dummy subjects and using antonyms in negative form. a. Replacing words with their synonyms A synonym is a word or phrase that has the same or nearly the same meaning as another word or phrase in the same language. Example: football = soccer power = immense influence save = rescue

113

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Using synonym is replacing a word or phrase by another word or phrase which has the same meaning so as to make a new sentence. Example • Original sentence: “Exercise is the key to health.” • Paraphrased sentence: “Physical training is the most important factor for a healthy body.” Synonyms: exercise = physical training the key = the most important factor health = a healthy body

NOTE: - Using synonyms is the most common method for paraphrasing a sentence, but it is also the most difficult one. The reason is that you have to not only remember a large range of synonyms, but also know how to use them in the appropriate context. - Many candidates often mistake synonyms for words with similar meaning. This would make the original sentence distorted and lower your score.

Exercise 1: Match the words in column 1 with theirs synonyms in column 2. 1 Reduce

a Trend

2 Little

b Essential

3 Important

c

4 Drawback

d Benefit

5 Enhance

e Vehicle

6 Advantage

f

7 Problem

g Improve

8 Development

h Issue

9 Transport

i

Disadvantage

Decrease

Small

114

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 2: Paraphrase the following sentences, using synonyms 1. Water is essential for life on Earth. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2. This development has both advantages and disadvantages. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3. People should use public transport to reduce pollution. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4. Vietnamese is the hardest language to learn. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5. Many people like playing sports in their free time. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... b. Changing the order of words and phrases - In case there is more than one clause in a sentence, you can easily change the order of the clauses. Example • Original sentence: “Alex can get a good band score in IELTS if he is hard-working enough.” • Paraphrased sentence: “If Alex is hard-working enough, he can get a good band score in IELTS.” In order to get a higher score, you could also add some synonyms to paraphrase it even more: • Get = achieve • Hard-working = studious ⇒ Paraphrased sentence: If Alex is studious enough, he can achieve a good band score in IELTS. For sentences with 1 adjective and noun, we can rewrite the sentence into an adjective clause: Example • Original sentence: “Paraphrasing is one of the key skills needed to get a high score in IELTS.” • Paraphrased sentence: “Paraphrasing is one of the skills needed to get a high score in IELTS that is key.” (hocielts.vn)

115

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 3: Rewrite the following sentences by changing word order. 1 Many people are unhealthy because they fail to eat well and exercise. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 In order to deal with this problem, the government needs to implement a range of measures. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Because it rains, she decides not to go to school. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Because going by bike does not harm the environment like other forms of transport, many people choose to cycle. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Because of being late, she missed the bus. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... c. Turning from active voice into passive voice In English, sentences with passive voice are often considered more formal than ones with active voice. As a result, the passive voice is often used in academic writing and can, therefore, be used in the IELTS academic writing test. We can only turn a verb into the passive if it is followed by an object. In other words, only transitive verbs can be turned into passive. Example: • Original sentence: “Teenagers play violent video games today.”

(Active voice)

• Paraphrased sentence: “Violent video games are played by teenagers today.”

(Passive voice)

In order to get a higher score, you could also use the synonyms: • Teenager = adolescent • Today = nowadays • Violent = aggressive • Play = enjoy ⇒ Paraphrased sentence: Aggressive video games are enjoyed by adolescents nowadays. (Using passive voice and synonyms method)

116

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 4: Change the following sentences into passive voice. 1 Technological advances have replaced people in the workforce. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Developed countries should help developing ones. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 A tornado destroyed many people’s houses. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Governments should improve the health condition of all citizens. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Nowadays, people cut trees more than in the past. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... d. Changing the form of words Changing word form is another way to paraphrase effectively. In English, there are a lot of different forms of word such as noun, verb, adjective and adverb. Therefore, we can paraphrase sentences by changing nouns into verbs, verbs into nouns or adjectives into nouns or vice versa. Example • Original sentence: “Many people are unhealthy because they fail to eat well and exercise.” • Paraphrased sentence: “Many people have poor health because they are failing to eat well and are not exercising enough.” (ieltsliz.com)

It is clearly showed in the above example that many of the words are the same in the meaning but different in the form. • Unhealthy = poor health • Fail = failing • Exercise = exercising

117

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

NOTE: - When changing the formation of words, it is important to make sure that your new sentences are grammatically correct. - In English, be careful when using the collocation (a combination of words that happens frequently). Example: “fast food” (not “quick food”)

Exercise 5: Rewrite the following sentence by changing word form. 1 Nowadays, crimes are becoming more violent. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 The level of crime has increased noticeably in different ways. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 It is my hope that students will use this material. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 The police conducted an investigation of the robbery. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Watching a movie may help people to feel excited and satisfied. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... e. Using dummy subjects In English, sometimes having a proper subject is not imperative. Example We can say “It is raining” but not say “The sky is raining” or “The clouds are raining”. ⇒ The sentences like “It is raining” have a dummy subject. “It” and “there” are the two popular dummy subjects used in English. ❖ IT Below are some useful structures with “it” as a dummy subject: It is believed/thought/acknowledged/true/said/claimed/… that + Clause.

Example Vegetables are beneficial for human’s health. ⇒ It is thought that vegetables are beneficial for human’s health. It is useful/important/necessary/essential/crucial/… to do something. 118

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example • Original sentence: “Some people believe that the Internet creates many problems.” • Paraphrased sentence: “It is believed that the Internet creates many problems.” In order to get a higher score, you could also add some synonyms then change the sentence into passive voice to paraphrase it even more: • Believe = acknowledge • Create = cause • Problem = issue • Many = a lot of ⇒ Paraphrased sentence: It is acknowledged that a lot of issues are caused by the Internet. (Using dummy subject, passive voice and synonyms)

❖ THERE In order to “there” as a dummy subject, you are suggested to follow the following formulas: There is/ There are … Example • Original sentence: “The bad weather causes many problems for farmers.” • Paraphrased sentence: “There are many problems that bad weather causes for farmers.” Exercise 6: Rewrite the following sentences using dummy subjects. 1. Eating vegetables is beneficial to health. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2. Some people think that parents should teach their children how to be good members of society. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3. Planting trees brings many benefits to people’s life. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4. Living in a peaceful and natural place is great. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5. Governments could take several actions to solve the pollution. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 119

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

f. Using antonyms in negative form An antonym is a word that means the opposite of another word. Example Advantage

>< Disadvantage

Old-fashioned >< Fashionable Increase

>< Decrease

In terms of paraphrasing a word or phrase, it is sometimes a good idea to use an antonym in the negative form, which means adding a negative word (e.g. not, less, etc.). Example • “People who do not graduate from university may find it challenging to get a good job.” - In this sentence: challenging > < easy ⇒ Paraphrased sentence: It may not be easy for people without a university degree to get a good job. • “When too many individuals move to cities, there might be a lack of workers in the countryside.” - In this sentence: lack > < enough ⇒ Paraphrased sentence: When too many individuals move to cities, there will be not enough workers in the countryside. Exercise 7: Rewrite the following sentences using antonyms in negative form. 1 The weather forecast says it will be mostly windy and rainy over the next few days. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 If you use cheap paper and discount ink, the quality of your printed documents will suffer. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Many young people are unfit because they fail to eat well and exercise. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Students are expected to be quiet and obedient in the classroom. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

120

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

g. Break the information into separate sentences Although paraphrasing will usually result in a word count roughly the same as an original quote, you may be able to play with the number of sentences to make the text different. The longer your sentence, the greater the change it will be misunderstood. Example • Original sentence: “The number of foreign and domestic tourists in the Netherlands rose above 42 million in 2017” • Paraphrased sentence: “According to the national statistics office, the Netherlands experienced a dramatic growth in tourist numbers in 2017. More than 42 million tourists travelled to or within the Netherlands that year” In this example, one long sentence was broken into two. The opposite could also be the case, i.e. if the original quote is comprised of two sentences, you may be able to combine the information into one. Exercise 8: Change the following sentences into 2 sentences or combine into one sentence. 1 Looking at the unemployment due to machines, many firms are reliant on advanced technology like automated machines for producing goods in lesser time without compromising quality. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Recent analysis by Indian employment organization, to find the reason behind workers being fired, presented that employment of one machine is replacing five workers on average in many giant industries. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 A tornado destroyed many people’s houses. It killed at least 24 people, including children. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 121

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4 Governments should improve the health condition of all citizens. They provide free nursing services for elderly people. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Nowadays, people cut trees more than in the past. If it continues then one day will surely come when there will be no trees left with us. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

IV.

STRATEGY

In the Introduction, you only need to write 02 sentences: - 1st sentence: Introduce the topic. (In this sentence, you are going to paraphrase the statement in the topic sentence) - 2nd sentence: Thesis statement. (In this sentence, you are going to answer the question(s) in a general manner or state your main idea in the essay)

Example “Increasing car use is contributing to global warming and having other undesirable effects on people’s health and well-being. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?” ⇒ Introduction: (1) Rising global temperatures and human health and fitness issues are often viewed as being caused by the expanding use of automobiles. (2) In my opinion, I agree that increasing use of motor vehicles is contributing to rising global temperatures and certain health issues. (ilts.vn)

(1): The first sentence introduces the topic of car’s effects on the environment. (2): The second sentence answers the question and makes the writer’s opinion clear.

122

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

NOTE: -

Keep it short and simple, write fast. Leave the majority of time for the main part – BODY.

-

Do NOT leave opinion to conclusion. IELTS band descriptors describe “Task Achievement” criterion as answering the question throughout the essay. Therefore, any opinion if being asked needs to be addressed throughout from the Introduction to Conclusion.

To make it easier for you to write an Introduction, there are 3 steps to follow: Step 1: Identify the task type, statement and the question.

Step 2: Paraphrase the statement (sentence 1). Step 3: Answer the question (sentence 2). Example 1 “Universities should accept equal numbers of male and female students in every subject. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Opinion. - Statement: Universities should accept equal numbers of male and female students in every subject. - Question: Agree or disagree? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: • universities = the higher education • should accept equal numbers of male and female students = the same numbers of students from different genders should be accepted

⇒ Sentence 1: It is believed that the same numbers of students from different genders should be accepted in every subject by the higher education. [Paraphrase using dummy subject]

Step 3: State the main idea: Sentence 2: If you agree with the point, write: I totally agree with this view. If you disagree with the point, state: I personally disagree with this point of view. If you have a balanced view, write down: In my opinion, I partly agree with this view. 123

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example 2 “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their levels of health and fitness are decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Problems and Solutions. - Statement: In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their levels of health and fitness are decreasing. - Question: What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement • Countries = nations • The average weight of people is increasing = people are getting heavier • Levels of health and fitness = standards of health and well-being • Decreasing = falling • Measure = solution ⇒ Sentence 1: In some nations, people are getting heavier and standards of health and wellbeing are falling. (ieltsadvantage.com)

Step 3: State the main idea: ⇒ Sentence 2: This essay will show some principal causes of these issues and submit a government education program as a solution. 1. Opinion Below is suggested structure used for the Introduction in an Opinion essay:

- 1st sentence: Introduce the topic (Paraphrase the topic sentence). - 2nd sentence: Thesis statement Totally agree: Use the structure “I (totally) agree/I believe/I would argue…” Totally disagree: Use the structure “I (completely) disagree/do not agree/I do not

believe…” Agree or disagree to some extent: Use the structure “I partly agree…”

124

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example “Smoking is a major cause of serious illness and death throughout the world today. In the interest of the public health, governments should ban cigarettes and other tobacco products. Do you agree or disagree?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Opinion. - Statement: Smoking is a major cause of serious illness and death throughout the world today. In the interest of the public health, governments should ban cigarettes and other tobacco products. - Question: Agree or disagree? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement • A major cause of serious illness and death = the serious health risk of smoking • Today = nowadays • In the interest of the public health = it is widely argued that • Governments = authorities • Ban cigarettes and other tobacco products = products from tobacco should be made illegal ⇒ Sentence 1: Nowadays, because of the serious health risk of smoking, it is widely argued that products from tobacco should be made illegal by the authorities. Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: If you agree with the point, write: I personally agree with this view. If you disagree with the point, state: I completely disagree with this point of view. If you have a balanced view, write down: In my opinion, I partly agree with this view. Exercise 9: Use the 3 steps above to write Introduction for the following topic questions. a. Totally agree “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 2: Paraphrase the statement ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: .................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... b. Totally disagree “Some people think that all teenagers should be required to do unpaid work in their free time to help the local community. They believe this would benefit both the individual teenager and society as a whole. Do you agree or disagree?” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: .................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... c. Agree or disagree to some extent “We cannot help everyone in the world that needs help, so we should only be concerned with our own communities and countries. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 126

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 2. Discussion - There are some common synonyms which are helpful for you to write a Discussion essay in IELTS Writing Task 2: Good things

Bad things

Advantages

Disadvantages

Benefits

Drawbacks

Merits

Shortcomings

Pros

Cons aspects

aspects

influences

influences

effects Positive +

Negative +

effects

impacts

impacts

sides

sides

- Below is the suggested structure used for the Introduction in a Discussion essay: • 1st sentence: Introduce the topic (Paraphrase the topic sentence). • 2nd sentence: Thesis statement - DO NOT include your opinion.

- Use the structure: While/Whereas (there are some benefits)…………………(1 side), (there are also some drawbacks) ………………(the other side). Example: “Some people believe that studying at university or college is the best route to a successful career, while others believe that it is better to get a job straight after school. Discuss both views.” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Discussion. - Statement: Some people believe that studying at university or college is the best route to a successful career, while others believe that it is better to get a job straight after school. - Question: Discuss both views.

127

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: • Believe = think • Study at university or college = enter higher education • Straight = immediately • Better = beneficial ⇒ Sentence 1: After finishing school, teenagers often wonder whether they should continue studying further or not. Step 3: State the main idea: ⇒ Sentence 2: While many people think that it is a smart choice to get a job immediately, there are also good reasons why it might be beneficial to enter higher education.  INTRODUCTION: After finishing school, teenagers often wonder whether they should continue studying further or not. While many people think that it is a smart choice to get a job immediately, there are also good reasons why it might be beneficial to enter higher education. NOTE: Never write something like “This essay examines both sides of views” because it is too general and easy to be considered as “learning by heart”. Exercise 10: Use the three steps to write an Introduction for the following topic question. “Some people believe that media should be allowed to publish information about the private lives of famous people. Others say that everybody has a right to privacy and this practice must be controlled or even stopped. Discuss both views.” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: ..................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: State your main idea: ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 128

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. Discussion + Opinion - The suggested structure for the Introduction of a Discussion + Opinion essay is as follows: • 1st sentence: Introduce the topic (Paraphrase the topic sentence). • 2nd sentence: Thesis statement - MUST include your opinion. - Use the structure: While/Whereas …………………(1 side), I believe/would argue that ……………… (the other side).

Example “Some people regard video games as harmless fun, or even as a useful educational tool. Others, however, believe that videos games are having an adverse effect on the people who play them. In your opinion, do the drawbacks of video games outweigh the benefits?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Discussion + Opinion. - Statement: Some people regard video games as harmless fun, or even as a useful educational tool. Others, however, believe that videos games are having an adverse effect on the people who play them. - Question: In your opinion, do the drawbacks of video games outweigh the benefits? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: • Adverse effect = harmful impact • A useful educational tool = have a positive effect • The people who play them = the users ⇒ Sentence 1: Many people, and children in particular, enjoy playing computer games. Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: While I accept that these games can sometimes have a positive effect on the users, I believe that they are more likely to have a harmful impact.  INTRODUCTION: Many people, and children in particular, enjoy playing computer games.

While I accept that these games can sometimes have a positive effect on the users, I believe that they are more likely to have a harmful impact.

129

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 11: Use the three steps to write an Introduction for the following topic question. “Some people think that it is best to live in a horizontal city while others think of a vertical city. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: Answer the question ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 4. Causes/ Problems + Solutions Below is the recommended structure for the Introduction of a Causes/Problems + Solutions essay in IELTS Writing task 2: • 1st sentence: Introduce the topic (Paraphrase the topic sentence). • 2nd sentence: Thesis statement

- Use the structure: While/Whereas/Although………………… (causes/problems), ……………… (solutions/measures/steps to resolve/tackle/mitigate the problems). Example “In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing. What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken to reduce the impact of ageing populations.” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Problems and Solutions. - Statement: In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing. - Question: What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken to reduce the impact of ageing populations?

130

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: • Developed world = nowadays • Average life expectancy is increasing = people can expect to live longer • Problems = negative consequences • Some measures = steps to resolve • The impact of aging populations = these potential problems ⇒ Sentence 1: It is true that nowadays people can expect to live longer than ever before. Step 3: State the main idea ⇒ Sentence 2: Although there will undoubtedly be some negative consequences of this trend, societies can take steps to resolve these potential problems.  INTRODUCTION: It is true that nowadays people can expect to live longer than ever before. Although there will undoubtedly be some negative consequences of this trend, societies can take steps to resolve these potential problems. Exercise 12: Use the three steps to write an Introduction for the following topic question. “Global warming is one of the biggest threats humans face in the 21st Century and sea levels are continuing to rise at alarming rates. What problems are associated with this and what are some possible solutions?” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: State the main idea: ⇒ Sentence 2: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 131

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

5. 2-part Question In a 2-part Question essay, you are recommended to write the Introduction based on the structure below: • 1st sentence: Introduce the topic (Paraphrase the topic sentence). • 2nd sentence: Thesis statement - Use the structure: …………………(answer the first question in general), and ………………(answer

the second question in general). Example “Nowadays the way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology. In what ways has technology affected the types of relationships that people make? Has this been a positive or negative development?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: 2-part question. - Statement: Nowadays the way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology. - Question: In what ways has technology affected the types of relationships that people make? Has this been a positive or negative development? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: • The way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology = new technologies have had an influence on communication between people. ⇒ Sentence 1: It is true that new technologies have had an influence on communication between people. Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: Technology has affected relationships in various ways, and in my opinion there are both positive and negative effects.  INTRODUCTION: It is true that new technologies have had an

influence on communication between people. Technology has affected relationships in various ways, and in my opinion there are both positive and negative effects.

132

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 13: Use the three steps to write an Introduction for the following topic question. “It is often said “when in Rome, do as the Romans do.” Do you think people should adapt and accept the culture of the country they visit? Do you think it is possible to learn a culture without learning the language?” Step 1: Identifying Task type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Statement: ............................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Question: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... ⇒ Sentence 1: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Step 3: Answer the question: ⇒ Sentence 2: .....................................................................................................................................................................

V. PRACTICE 1. Paraphrase the following sentences: a The position of women in society has changed greatly in the past 20 years. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... b The level of crime has increased noticeably in different ways. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... c It is easy for young children to learn a second language. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... d Smoking has a negative effect on your health. ................................................................................................................................................................................................... e People living in big cities have to bear with the traffic while commuting. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

133

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Using the given words or phrases in the following box, paraphrase the sentences in the paragraph below. (There are some unnecessary words/phrases in the box): being overweight / laze / hectic / an additional / free time / holiday take it easy / due to / issue / activity / fat / thought about / adds to should be / tough / as opposed to / citizens / taken into consideration / recreation club would rather / not enough / exhausted / take part in / responsibilities Another problem that needs to be considered is that lack of exercise contributes to obesity. As a result of leading a busy life and pressures at work, many people are just too tired to go to the gym or join a sports club. For example, after a hard day at work, many people prefer to just come home and sit in front of the TV and on weekends go out with friends. When people do have time off or a vacation they tend to relax and recover. (ieltsfocus.com)

3. Read the following questions, underline the words that you can paraphrase and then replace them with their synonyms: a “Some people say that the best way to improve public health is by increasing the number of sports facilities. Others, however, say that this would have little effect on public health and that other measures are required. Discuss both views.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “Some people think that there is a great influence of news media on people’s lives and this is a negative development. Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give your opinion and relevant examples.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their levels of health and fitness are decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 134

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

d “Art and music are considered some of the fundamental elements of society. Do you think art and music still have a place in today’s modern world of technology? Should children spend more time learning art and music at school?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4. Write the Introduction for the following topic questions: a “Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. What is your opinion?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “Some people think that the best way to run a business is within the family. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a family run business?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “Some people think that they can learn better by themselves than with a teacher. Others think that it is always better to have a teacher. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d “The internet has transformed the way information is shared and consumed, but it has also created problems that did not exist before. What are the most serious problems associated with the internet and what solutions can you suggest?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

135

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

e “Some people believe that having a pet such as a cat or a dog helps old people to live a more enjoyable life and to stay healthier. How do you think old people benefit from having a pet? Do you think there are any problems related to old people who have pets?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

VI. HOMEWORK Write the Introduction for the following topic questions: a “Small businesses should avoid recruiting young women who do not have their own family in order to avoid paying maternity leave later on. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “Some people think it is better for children to grow up in the city, while others think that life in the countryside is more suitable. Discuss both views.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “It is sometimes argued that too many students go to university, while others claim that a university education should be a universal right. Discuss both sides of the argument and give your own opinion.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d “An increasing number of professionals, such as doctors and teachers, are leaving their own poorer countries to work in developed countries. What are the causes of this problem? What solution can you suggest?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 136

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

e “It is predicted that robots are going to become increasingly important in our lives. How could robots be used in the future? Will this development be a positive or a negative development?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

137

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

BODY: OPINION, DISCUSSION

07

Opinion essay và Dicussion essay là hai dạng bài viết luận rất phổ biến trong các bài thi IELTS Writing Task 2. Bài học sau đây sẽ mang đến lời giải đáp cho một phần thân bài đúng với yêu cầu đề đưa ra và các tiêu chí chấm điểm.

I. MỤC TIÊU Bà i họ c nà y sẽ hướng dã n cá c bạ n cá ch vié t thân bà i cho hai dạ ng essays: OPINION và DISCUSSION. Bên cạ nh đó , đè bà i củ a dạng Opinion essay và Discussion essay thường xoay quanh cá c chủ đè vè Technolody-Công nghẹ và Environment-Môi trường, nên trong bà i họ c nà y cá c bạ n cũ ng được giới thiẹ u những từ vựng liên quan đé n hai chủ đè nà y.

II. TỔNG QUAN Như đã đè cạ p, bạ n nên dà nh 20 phút cho phà n thân bà i, 10 phú t cho body 1 và 10 phú t cho body 2. Đây sẽ là cá c đoạ n chié m nhiè u điẻ m nhá t trong bà i vié t củ a bạ n vì vậy bạn cần tập trung viết thật tốt hai đoạn này. Lưu ý khi vié t phà n thân bà i: 1. Lập dàn bài trước khi bá t đà u vié t đẻ giú p bạ n luôn đi đú ng hướng trong khi vié t. 2. Không nên có vié t ba đoạ n thân bà i cho Task 2 bởi vì thời gian có hạ n, só lượng đoạn thân bài được khuyé n khích là hai đoạn. 3. Luôn luôn chừa mọ t dò ng tró ng giữa cá c đoạ n đẻ phân biẹ t chú ng với nhau.

III. MẸO LÀM BÀI 1. Sử dụng từ vựng thể hiện cấu trúc và chức năng -

Từ vựng thể hiện thứ tự: First/Firstly – đầu tiên, Second/Secondly – thứ hai…

-

Từ vựng thể hiện sự bổ sung: In addition/Additionally – thêm vào đó

-

Từ vựng thể hiện lí do: Because/Because of – bởi vì

-

Từ vựng thể hiện kết quả: Therefore/ Hence – Vì vậy

2. Các từ vựng nâng cao -

Many – various, numerous…

-

Important – principle, crucial

-

Famous – Well-known, popular

138

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IV. CHIẾN LƯỢC LÀM BÀI Trường hợp 1: Đoạ n thân bà i chỉ có 1 ý chính (one big idea) 1. Topic sentence (câu chủ đề của đoạn) 2. Explanation /Expansion (phá t triẻ n ý chính) 3. Example (ví dụ ) 4. Concession (nhượng bộ) – tức là đề cập đến ý bạn không ủng hộ (đoạn này không bắt buộc) Trường hợp 2: Đoạ n thân bà i có 2-3 ý chính (2-3 big ideas) 1. Topic sentence (câu chủ đề của đoạn) 2. Supporting Idea 1 (câu hỗ trợ cho ý kiến thứ nhất) 2.1/ Explanation/Expansion cho Idea 1 (phát triển ý thứ 1) 2.2/ Example cho Idea 1 (Ví dụ) 2.3/ Concession (nhượng bộ) - né u cà n 3. Supporting Idea 2 (Câu hỗ trợ cho ý kiến thứ 2) 3.1/ Explanation/Expansion cho Idea 2 (phát triển ý thứ 2) 3.2/ Example cho Idea 2 (ví dụ) 3.3/ Concession (nhượng bộ) - né u cà n

V. ỨNG DỤNG CHIẾN LƯỢC VÀO VIẾT THÂN BÀI Cùng tham khả o chié n lược lập dàn bài (planning) đó i với phần thân bài trong Task 2 mà WISE English đã biên soạ n cho từng dạ ng bà i như sau: 1. OPINION essay - Gạ ch chân từ khóa (keywords) trong đề bài. - Tỏ chức cá u trú c bà i vié t: o Introduction: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) và đưa ra quan điểm của bạn o Body 1: Thảo luận ý kiến bạn đồng ý/phản đối o Body 2: Thảo luận ý kiến bạn đồng ý/phản đối

139

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

o Conclusion: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) và đưa ra quan điểm của bạn - Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t. 2. DISCUSSION essay -

Gạ ch chân keywords trong topic question.

-

Tỏ chức cá u trú c củ a bà i vié t: o Introduction: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) o Body 1: Thảo luận một mặt vấn đề (discuss one side) o Body 2: Thảo luận mặt trái của vấn đề (discuss the opposite side) o Conclusion: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic)

-

Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t.

140

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

07

BODY: OPINION, DISCUSSION

I. OBJECTIVES At the end of the lesson, students will be able to: - Write the Body for Opinion essays and Discussion essays in IELTS Writing task 2. - Acknowledge some useful vocabulary related to Technology and Environment.

II. OVERVIEW 1. Basic information In the IELTS Writing task 2, you are recommended to spend approximately 20 minutes on writing the Body, which includes Body 1 and Body 2. NOTE: - Make sure that you plan ideas before you write the Body. - You should have no more than three body paragraphs in your IELTS Writing Task 2 essay as the time is limited. The recommended number of body paragraphs is two. - Make sure that there are clear breaks in the essay. You should leave a line between two paragraphs. 2. Why do we need to write the Body? In IELTS Writing Task 2, body paragraphs are considered crucial because this is the place where you will earn the majority of your marks.

III. ESSENTIAL TIPS 1. Use structural and functional vocabulary - To indicate the sequence, we should use the following words/phrases: First/Firstly/To begin with, Second/Secondly, Third/Thirdly,..., Last/Lastly/Finally/Last but not least, At the same time/ While, Next/Then/After that,… - There are some recommended words/ phrases to indicate the supplement: In addition/Additionally, Furthermore, Moreover,… - To indicate the reason, some suggested phrases are as follows: Because, Because of, Since, As, Due to,… - To indicate the result, we should use the following words/phrases:Therefore/Hence/Thus, As a result, Consequently/As a consequence,… - There are some common phrases to give the example: For example/For instance, such as 141

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- To indicate the concession, we should use the following words/ phrases: However, Nevertheless, While, But, On the other hand, Although, Despite, In spite of, Even though,… Exercise 1: Put the appropriate structural and functional vocabulary into the blank. a.

Next

First

At the same time

Before

Here are some tips for your first day at a new job. (1)___________, you should make sure you arrive on time or even a little bit early. (2) ___________, look for your supervisor to let him or her know you are there. (3) ___________ you start your duties, it is a good idea to introduce yourself to everyone in the office. Remember, it may take you a little while to learn the office routines. Don’t worry, after a few days, everything will come familiar, but (4) ___________, you should ask your colleagues to explain things to you. (Barrons Writing for the IELTS)

b.

For example

Secondly

Firstly

As a result

On the other hand, I believe that it is more beneficial for students to continue their studies after high school. (1) ______________, academic qualifications are required in many professions. (2) ______________, it is impossible to become a doctor, teacher or lawyer without having the relevant degree. (3) ______________, university graduates have access to more and better job opportunities, and they tend to earn higher salaries than those with fewer qualifications. (4) ______________, the job market is becoming increasingly competitive, and sometimes there are hundreds of applicants for one position in a company. (ielts-simon.com)

142

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 2: Combine the following sentences by using the given structural and functional vocabulary. a. It is easy to stay informed about current events. The Internet provides us with instant access to news. (since) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b. Many websites contain information that is not suitable for children. Parents should control how their children use the Internet. (Therefore) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c. My current job is boring and the salary is low. I would like to find a new job as soon as possible. (because) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d. Parents don’t have enough opportunities to spend quality time with their children. In most modern families, both parents work fulltime. (As a result) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e. Many people find small towns boring. Others enjoy a small town’s slow pace of life. (while) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ f. Too many private cars on the roads lead to frequent traffic jams. Too many private cars on the roads create high levels of air pollution. (and) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ g. It is close to two bus route. There are several advantages to living in this neighborhood. (For instance) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ h. Electric cars don’t cause air pollution. They are easy and inexpensive to maintain. (In addition) ................................................................................................................................................................................................

143

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Use some advanced words There are some formal words which are recommended to use in IELTS Writing Task 2: Original words many

More advanced words various, numerous, a large number of, a variety of, a large range of, countless, …

more

additional, added, further, …

thing

object, item, matter, article, issue, …

important

principle, crucial, major, critical, vital, essential, …

famous

well-known, popular, have high reputation, …

big

significant, immense, huge, …

get

acquire, obtain, gain, …

have

experience, possess, undergo, …

give

provide, present, offer, supply, contribute, …

do

perform, be involved in, participate, engage to, …

help

support, assist, give someone a hand to, lend someone a hand to, …

make

create, build, construct, cause, produce, …

way

method, technique, means, approach, manner, …

agree

concur, be of the same mind (about somebody/something) …

bad

harmful, be detrimental to, unpleasant, damaging…

good

useful, helpful, beneficial, effective, valuable, advantageous, …

think

believe, suppose, deem, be of the opinion that…

serious

dangerous, severe, strict, risky…

Exercise 3: Rewrite the following sentences using the formal words above. a. Many people think living in a city is slightly better than living in a country side. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b. It is important to plant trees to protect the environment. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c. One of the most modern gadgets that I have is the smart phone. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d. Global warming is considered the most serious thing people have to deal with today. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e. Governments are planning to make big changes to the tax system. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 144

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

In this lesson, you are provided with some useful phrases about Technology and Environment which are usually used in IELTS Writing Task 2: TECHNOLOGY - Technology advances = technology developments - Keep in touch with = keep in contact with - As a way of communication - Do multiple tasks at the same time - Surf/browse the internet - Interact through computers rather than face to face - Face-to-face communication/meetings - Online meetings = virtual meetings - Improve the quality of life - Give someone access to information/the internet

Example - Humans, in the past few decades, have seen terrific technology development. (dolenglish.vn)

- Social networking sites have made it much easier for us to keep in contact with our loved ones, regardless of geographic locations. (ielts.nguyenhuyen.com)

- While distance is great problem for face-to-face communication, with emails and online chat, we can send our message instantly to anyone, anywhere in the world. (chuawritingmienphi.com)

145

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 4: Complete the following paragraphs by choosing the phrases above to fill in the gaps. It is hard to deny that a huge number of people are using the Internet and it has become the base of the communication system today. From the last decades, this method is used by people to 1._____________ their friends and relatives everywhere. By using a smartphone or computer they can easily 2._____________ to the Internet and have a chat with their friends. There are a lot of social networks which are very common nowadays, such as, most of the people using Facebook and Instagram to communicate with each other and some mobile apps are introducing by different companies to communicate like Viber, Whatsapp and Skype, which can be used 3._____________. Moreover, most of the private sector companies are arranging their 4._____________ between international businessmen in different countries which is a positive trend and sometimes they even hiring staff and interviewing them for their companies by using video calls are more convenient for both parties. In addition, many educational institutes are using these new communication methods to communicate with students and having online classes are very popular these days. They can do their assignments and projects by logging to the university server and complete them without even going to the classroom. In other words, the latest communication system has 5._____________ with useful features and inexpensive tool for society. (testbig.com)

ENVIRONMENT -

Carbon dioxide = greenhouse gases Climate change The greenhouse effect Average global temperatures Deforestation = forest clearance Ozone layer depletion The melting of the polar ice caps Sea levels power plants = power stations Extreme weather conditions Put heavy pressure on … Wildlife habitats The extinction of many species Introduce laws to … Raise public awareness Promote public campaigns Posing a serious threat to … 146

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example - Tourism development can put heavy pressure on natural resources when it increases consumption in areas where resources are already scarce. (om.ciheam.org)

- Changes resulting may include rising sea level due to the melting of the polar ice caps. (testbig.com)

- Governments need to promote public campaigns about the repercussions of food waste via a variety of channels, such as social media, newspapers, magazines and leaflets. - One of the most pressing environmental issues which is posing a serious threat to the world is global warming. (coursehero.com)

Exercise 5: Match each phrase on the left with its explanation on the right. 1

carbon dioxide

a

when a weather event is significantly different from the average or usual weather pattern

2

climate change

b

a building or group of buildings where electricity is produced

3

the greenhouse

c

changes in the earth’s weather, including changes in temperature, wind patterns and rainfall, especially the

effect

increase in the temperature of the earth’s atmosphere that is caused by the increase of particular gases, especially carbon dioxide 4

deforestation

d

a situation in which a plant, an animal, a way of life, etc. stops existing

5

ozone layer

e

found

depletion 6

power plants

the place where wild animals and plants are normally

f

to make new laws available for use, discussion, etc. for the first time

7

wildlife habitats

g

a gas breathed out by people and animals from the lungs or produced by burning carbon

8

the extinction

h

the act of cutting down or burning the trees in an area

9

introduce laws

i

the problem of the slow steady rise in temperature of the earth’s atmosphere, caused by an increase of gases such as

to …

carbon dioxide in the air surrounding the earth, which trap the heat of the sun 10 extreme weather conditions

j

the wearing out (reduction) of the amount of ozone in the stratosphere

147

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IV. STRATEGY - In most cases, the body should be started with a main idea, followed by an explanation and examples. - When writing a Body, there are two cases that you may encounter after you do the PLANNING: body paragraph with 1 big idea and body graph with 2-3 big ideas. 1. Case 1: There is only 1 big idea in a body paragraph: ❖ If there is only 1 big idea in a body paragraph: 1/ Topic sentence (Main idea) 2/ Explanation

3/ Example

NOTE: CONCESSIONS are where you talk about the side that you do not support after talking about the side that you do agree with. For example: When the question is “The importance of music”, after proving the crucial role of music in human’s life, you could write the concession by mentioning what problems would happen if there was no music. Example 1 “Families who send their children to private schools should not be required to pay taxes that support the state education system. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?” ⇒ Body: In my opinion, we should all be happy to pay our share of the money that supports public schools (Idea). It is beneficial for all members of society to have a high quality education system with equal opportunities for all young people. This will result in a welleducated workforce, and in turn a more productive and prosperous nation. Parents of children in private schools may also see the advantages of this in their own lives (Explanation). For example, a company owner will need well qualified and competent staff, and a well-funded education system can provide such employees (Example). (ielts-simon.com)

- Sometimes you can give examples before you explain the idea (idea → example → explanation).

148

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example 2 “Some people think that governments should give financial support to creative artists such as painters and musicians. Others believe that creative artists should be funded by alternative sources. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.” ⇒ Body: Some art projects definitely require help from the state (Idea). In the UK, there are many works of art in public spaces, such as streets or squares in city centres. In Liverpool, for example, there are several new statues and sculptures in the docks area of the city, which has been redeveloped recently (Examples). These artworks represent culture, heritage and history. They serve to educate people about the city, and act as landmarks or talking points for visitors and tourists. Governments and local councils should pay creative artists to produce this kind of art, because without their funding our cities would be much less interesting and attractive (Explanation). (ielts-simon.com)

Example 3 “There are many different types of music in the world today. Why do we need music? Is the traditional music of a country more important than the international music that is heard everywhere nowadays” ⇒ Body: In my opinion, traditional music should be valued over the international music that has become so popular (Idea). International pop music is often catchy and fun, but it is essentially a commercial product that is marketed and sold by business people. Traditional music, by contrast, expresses the culture, customs and history of a country (Explanation). Traditional styles, such as ...(example)..., connect us to the past and form part of our cultural identity (Examples). It would be a real pity if pop music became so predominant that these national styles disappeared (Opposite/Concession). (ielts-simon.com) 2. Case 2: There are 2-3 big ideas in a body paragraph: ❖ If there are 2-3 ideas in a body paragraph: 1/ Topic sentence (Main idea) 2/ Supporting idea 1. 2.1/ Explanation for idea 1.

2.2/ Example for idea 1. 2.3/ Concession (if necessary). 3/ Supporting idea 2.

149

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

NOTE: Sometimes it is acceptable if you do not mention the Explanation (2.1; 3.1) or the Example (2.2; 3.2).

Example “ Nowadays the way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology. In what ways has technology affected the types of relationships that people make? Has this been a positive or negative development? ” ⇒ Body: Technology has had an impact on relationships in business, education and social life (Main idea). Firstly, telephones and the Internet allow business people in different countries to interact without ever meeting each other (Supporting idea 1). Secondly, services like Skype create new possibilities for relationships between students and teachers (Supporting idea 2). For example, a student can now take video lessons with a teacher in a different city or country (Example for idea 2). Finally, many people use social networks, like Facebook, to make new friends and find people who share common interests, and they interact through their computers rather than face to face (Supporting idea 3). (ielts-simon.com)

V. APPLYING STRATEGY INTO WRITING THE BODY PART 1. Opinion In Opinion essays, you are required to state your opinion about only one view, therefore, both of two bodies should support only one side. This means, when doing PLANNING, you should come up with more than one idea. Example

“Some people believe that unpaid community service should

be

a compulsory

part

of

high

school

programmes (for example working for a charity, improving the neighborhood or teaching sports to younger children). To what extent do you agree or disagree?”

150

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks whether you “agree” or “disagree”, therefore you need to write an Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is an Opinion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion • Body 1: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with • Body 2: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion ⇒ My opinion: Agree. Step 3: Plan ideas Body 2

Body 1

1

Education should not be limited to strictly academic pursuits

1

Many colleges and companies are looking for this type of experience

Explanation: Because it teaches us many

Explanation: These experiences can

lessons including how to work with people

differentiate you from the others.

from other backgrounds and the value of hard

Example: Group presentation about finance

work.

at university.

Example: Teamwork, empathy and selfdiscipline.

2 Education should also develop life skills Example: I volunteered in Africa and this led to a much higher work ethic.

151

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Body 1: - Topic sentence: Education should not be limited to strictly academic pursuits and those in education should also develop life skills, such as teamwork, empathy and self-discipline, and one of the best ways to hone these aptitudes is through community service. - Explanation: Serving those less fortunate than ourselves teaches us many lessons including how to work with people from other backgrounds and the value of hard work. - Example: For example, I personally volunteered to spend 6 weeks in Africa teaching disadvantaged children and this led to a much higher work ethic when I returned to my studies. ⇒ Body 2: - Topic sentence: Many colleges and companies are also increasingly looking for this type of experience. Most school leavers have the same grades and charitable works can help set you apart from the herd. - Example: For example, Cambridge and Oxford receive thousands of applications from straightA students every year and can only accept a small percentage of applicants. - Explanation: What you have done outside the classroom is often the thing that differentiates you from everyone else and gets you that coveted spot. (ieltsadvantage.com)

Exercise 6: State your opinion then do the PLANNING and write the Body part for the following topic question. “After leaving school or university, young people should choose a job or career that they love, rather than one that pays the best salary. To what extent do you agree with this statement?” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a ……………………. essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a ……………………. type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: …………………………………….. • Body 1: ……………………………………………... • Body 2: ……………………………………………... • Conclusion: ……………………………………….. ⇒ My opinion: .....................................................

152

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1

Body 2

⇒ Body 1: Topic sentence: .............................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: ............................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Body 2: Topic sentence: .............................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: ............................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Discussion In Discussion essays, you are required to discuss two sides of an issue or two different opinions. NOTE: In this type of essay, you should NOT state your own OPINION in the body paragraphs.

153

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example “Some people believe that studying at university or college is the best route to a successful career, while others believe that it is better to get a job straight after school. Discuss both views.”

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to “discuss both views”, therefore you need to write a Discussion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Discuss one side • Body 2: Discuss the opposite side • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas

Working straight after graduation

1

Young people are able to earn money as soon as possible

Studying at university or college

1

A college education provides young people with more qualifications

Explanation: Having a job can prove one’s

Explanation: Group presentation about

maturity.

finance at university.

2

People can progress rapidly in their career

2

The job market is becoming more competitive

Explanation: Bring about a good chance to

Explanation: People would be well-advised

obtain a lot of real experience and skills.

to get a degree. Example: Graduate engineers in Vietnam are highly paid.

154

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Body 1: - Topic sentence: Working straight after graduation is beneficial in some ways. - Supporting idea 1: Firstly, young people are able to earn money as soon as possible. - Explanation for idea 1: If they finish high school, they will be mature enough to live independently on their own income. It is common sense that having a job can prove one’s maturity. - Supporting idea 2: Secondly, a person who chooses to get a job instead of studying higher is likely to progress rapidly in their career. - Explanation for idea 2: This may bring about a good chance to obtain a lot of real experience and skills for their chosen profession. ⇒ Body 2: - Topic sentence: On the other hand, there are a variety of reasons why people have a tendency of choosing to continue education after high school. - Explanation for idea 1: First, a college education will provide young people with more qualifications, which is what most employers expect these days. - Supporting idea 1: University graduates will probably get a much higher salary than those without university education. - Supporting idea 2: Furthermore, the job market is becoming more and more competitive. - Explanation for idea 2: In fact, people would be well-advised to get a degree, as hundreds of applicants often chase the top jobs. It is an obvious advantage for university graduates. - Example for idea 2: For example, graduate engineers in Vietnam are highly paid and find it easy to get a top job. (forum.english.best) Exercise 7: Write the Body part for the following topic question.

“The development of tourism contributed to English becoming the most prominent language in the world. Some people think this will lead to English becoming the only language to be spoken globally. What are the advantages and disadvantages to having one language in the world?”

155

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a ……………………. essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a ……………………. type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: …………………………………….. • Body 1: ……………………………………………... • Body 2: ……………………………………………... • Conclusion: ……………………………………….. Step 3: Plan ideas ………………………………..

………………………………..

⇒ Body 1: Topic sentence: .............................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: ............................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Body 2: Topic sentence: .............................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ..................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: ............................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

156

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

VI. EXAMPLES Example 1 “When choosing a job, the salary is the most important consideration. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks whether you “agree” or “disagree”, therefore, you need to write an Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is an Opinion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Discuss one side • Body 2: Discuss the opposite side • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic ⇒ My opinion: Disagree to some extent. Step 3: Plan ideas

Body 1

1

Money is necessary to cover these needs

Body 2

1

Relationships and the atmosphere in a workplace are extremely important

Example: We all need money to pay for housing, food, bills, health care, and

Explanation: Having a good manager or

education.

friendly colleagues can make a huge

2

If people chose their jobs based on

difference to workers’ levels of happiness

enjoyment or other non-financial

and general quality of life.

factors, they might find it difficult to support themselves

2

Many people’s feelings of job satisfaction come from their

Explanation: Artists and musicians do not

professional achievements rather

always have enough money to live

than the money they earn

comfortably and raise a family.

Explanation: People would be well-advised to get a degree.

3 Help others and contribute something positive to society

157

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Body 1: - Topic sentence: On the one hand, I agree that money is necessary in order for people to meet their basic needs. - Example for supporting idea 1: For example, we all need money to pay for housing, food, bills, health care, and education. - Supporting idea 1: Most people consider it a priority to at least earn a salary that allows them to cover these needs and have a reasonable quality of life. - Supporting idea 2: If people chose their jobs based on enjoyment or other non-financial factors, they might find it difficult to support themselves. - Example for supporting idea 2: Artists and musicians, for instance, are known for choosing a career path that they love, but that does not always provide them with enough money to live comfortably and raise a family. ⇒ Body 2: - Topic sentence: Nevertheless, I believe that other considerations are just as important as what we earn in our jobs. - Supporting idea 1: Firstly, personal relationships and the atmosphere in a workplace are extremely important when choosing a job. - Example for supporting idea 1: Having a good manager or friendly colleagues,

for

example, can make a huge difference to workers’ levels of happiness and general quality of life. - Supporting idea 2: Secondly, many people’s feelings of job satisfaction come from their professional achievements, the skills they learn, and the position they reach, rather than the money they earn. - Supporting idea 3: Finally, some people choose a career because they want to help others and contribute something positive to society. (ielts-simon.com)

Example 2 “There seems to be an increasing number of serious crimes being committed each year. While some think that the best way is to use the death penalty as a deterrent, many people believe that other measures will be needed. Discuss both views.”

158

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to “discuss both views”, therefore, you need to write a Discussion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Discuss one side • Body 2: Discuss the opposite side • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Using death penalty

1

Death penalty is the only proper way

Using other measures

1

Other measures are required

Explanation: Because crimes are afraid of

Explanation: Because capital punishment

execution and know bad results.

has possibility to punish innocent people,

Example: A recent study found that states

resulting in destroy their life.

which implement capital sentence have lower

Explanation: Other ways such as restricting

rate of crimes than others which do not use

firearm and improving control lead to less

this type of punishment.

crime.

⇒ Body 1: - Topic sentence: On the one hand, it is suggested by some people that death penalty is the only proper way to reduce increase of offenses. - Explanation: In other words, capital punishments prevent the serious crimes and discourage people who try to commit because they are afraid of execution and know bad results. - Example: For example, a recent study found that, in the US, states which implement capital sentence have lower rate of crimes than others which do not use this type of punishment. 159

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Body 2: - Topic sentence: On the other hand, other measures are required to decrease the number of crimes. - Explanation: Many people think that this approach is more effective and saves life of someone who might not be guilty. Because capital punishment has possibility to punish innocent people, resulting in destroy their family, future life and real criminal would be free in society. - Expansion: In addition, applying other ways such as restricting firearm and improving control lead to less crime. (testbig.com)

VII. PRACTICE Write the Body part for the following topic questions. 1 “Computers are being used more and more in education and so there will soon be no role for the teacher in education? To what extent do you agree or disagree?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 “It is common practice for some students to take a gap year between high school and university in order to do charitable work abroad in underdeveloped countries. What are the advantages and disadvantages for young people of doing volunteer work?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 “Some people think that the best way to run a business is within the family. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a family run business?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

160

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4 “Governments should not have to provide care or financial support for elderly people because it is the responsibility of each person to prepare for retirement and support him or herself. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 “Some people think that a huge amount of time and money is spent on the protection of wild animals, and that this money could be better spent on the human population. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

VIII. HOMEWORK 1. Complete the sentences using the given structural and functional vocabulary. 1 Many people are too busy to care for their elderly relatives at home. _________________F there is a growing need for nursing homes. 2 _________________ restaurant meals are expensive, it is better for the family budget to eat at home. 3 Life in the city is much more interesting than life in the country _________________ there are more leisure facilities. 4 Meals cooked at home are less expensive than restaurant meals. _________________ they are usually more nutritious. 5 Zoos provide scientists with many opportunities for research _________________ allow the general public to learn about the habits of wild animals. 6 Some museums employ professional guides to talk to their visitors _________________ other museums offer headsets so that visitors can listen to detailed commentary about the exhibition.

161

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Write Body part for the following topic questions. 1 “Some universities now offer their courses on the Internet so that people can study online. Is this a positive or negative development?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 “Some people think it is better for children to grow up in the city, while others think that life in the countryside is more suitable. Discuss both views.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 “Foreign visitors should pay more than local visitors for cultural and historical attractions. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 “Some people think that strict punishments for driving offences are the key to reducing traffic accidents. Others, however, believe that other measures would be more effective in improving road safety. Discuss both these views.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

162

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

BODY:

08

DISCUSSION & OPINION CAUSES/PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS TWO-PART QUESTIONS TWO-PART QUESTIONS Các dạng bài còn lại trong IELTS Writing Task 2 cũng thường xuyên xuất hiện trong các kì thi gần đây. Để viết được các dạng bài này, chúng ta cần phải hiểu được yêu cầu cũng như cách tiếp cận cho từng dạng câu hỏi. Vậy bài học này sẽ làm sáng tỏ các vấn đề mà các bạn cần lưu ý đối với các dạng bài Discussion + Opinion, Causes/Problems and Solutions, Two-part questions.

I. MỤC TIÊU Bà i họ c tié p theo nà y sẽ hướng dã n cá c bạ n vié t thân bà i cho ba dạ ng bài cò n lạ i: Discussion + Opinion; Cause/Problems and Solutions; Two-part questions. Đồng thời , bài học cũng cung cấp cho các bạn từ vựng hữu ích liên quan đến các chủ đề Sức khỏe (Health), Giáo dục (Education) và Giao thông (Transportation) rất hay gặp trong các đề thi nhằm giúp các bạn làm bài tốt hơn. Họ c từ vựng theo chủ đè sẽ giú p bạ n thẻ hiẹ n tó t theo tiêu chí Lexical resource (vó n từ vựng phong phú ).

II. TỔNG QUAN Tương tự với phần thân bài đã được học ở bài trước, trong bài này chúng ta tiếp tục học cách viết thân bài với các dạng bài Discussion + Opinion; Causes/Problems and Solutions; Twopart questions.

III. CHIẾN LƯỢC LÀM BÀI Đó i với bà i writing Task 2, bạ n phả i đưa ra dã n chứng và ví dụ thuyé t phụ c. Đẻ khié n bà i vié t củ a bạ n mạ ch lạ c hơn, bạ n nên sử dụ ng từ nó i (connective words) và cụ m từ. Dưới đây là mọ t só cụm từ hữu ích trong khi vié t mọ t bà i essay: 1. Nêu ra quan điểm của bản thân: in my opinion…; from my point of view…; it seem to me that…; as far as I am concerned… 2. Thể hiện sự so sánh: similarly…; compared to…; at the same time… 3. Đưa ra ví dụ: as an example…; for instance…; take…as an example… 4. Nêu ra nguyên nhân: a major cause of…is…; an additional cause of…is… 5. Đưa giải pháp: should take measures to…; it might be a good idea for us to…

163

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Mõ i dạ ng bà i essays sẽ yêu cà u mọ t hướng triẻ n khai ý khá c nhau, do đó bạ n cũ ng cà n chiến thuật lập dàn bài khác nhau cho mỗi dạng: 1. Discussion + Opinion essay: bạ n cà n thả o luạ n vè hai mạ t củ a mọ t vá n đè và đưa ra quan điẻ m cá nhân. -

Gạ ch chân từ khóa (keywords) trong đề bài

-

Tỏ chức cá u trú c bà i vié t: o

Introduction: Vié t lạ i đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) và đè cạ p đé n quan điẻ m củ a bạn

o Body 1:Thả o luạ n mạ t trá i củ a vá n đè (mà bạ n không ủ ng họ ) o Body 2: Đề cạ p lạ i quan điẻ m và thả o luạ n vấn đề theo ý mà bạ n ủ ng họ o Conclusion: vié t lạ i đề bài theo cách khác và đè cạ p lạ i quan điểm của bạn mọ t là n nữa -

Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t

Lưu ý: Bạ n nên đè cạ p đé n quan điẻ m cá nhân ngay trong phần Introduction. Khi vié t thân bà i, hã y đè cạ p lạ i quan điẻ m cá nhân ngay trong đoạ n văn có ý mà bạn ủng hộ (thường thì sẽ là thân bà i thứ hai – Body 2) Khi thảo luận hai ý kiến khác nhau, thường thì lợi ích của ý kiến này là bất lợi của ý kiến kia. Vì vậy, bạn nên đề cập đến lợi ích của một ý kiến trước trong Body 1 và sau đó đề cập đến lợi ích của ý kiến thứ 2 trong Body 2 (lợi ích này chính là bất lợi của ý kiến thứ nhất) Ví dụ, đề bài hỏi bạn liệu nên học một mình hay nên học theo nhóm, và giả sử bạn ủng hộ ý kiến học theo nhóm. Vậy trong Body 1 bạn sẽ viết lợi ích của việc học một mình trước sau đó trong Body 2 bạn mới viết về lợi ích của việc học nhóm thì sẽ tạo được tính mạch lạc hơn cho bài văn của bạn. 2. Cause/Problems and Solutions: thả o luạ n vè nguyên nhân-ké t quả hoạ c nguyên nhân-giả i phá p củ a mọ t vá n đè . -

Gạ ch chân từ khóa (keywords) trong đề bài

-

Tỏ chức cá u trú c bà i vié t: o Introduction: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) o Body 1: Nêu ra những nguyên nhân củ a vá n đè o Body 2: Nêu ra những vấn đề hoạ c giả i phá p cho vá n đè

o Conclusion: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) -

Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t

164

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Causes and Problems

Body 1: Nguyên nhân Body 2: Vấn đề

- Causes and Solutions

Body 1: Nguyên nhân Body 2: Giải pháp

3. Two-part questions: thả o luạ n cả hai phà n câu hỏ i củ a đè bà i. -

Gạ ch chân keywords

-

Tổ chức cá u trú c bà i vié t o Introduction: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic) o Body 1: Trả lời cho câu hỏ i 1 o Body 2: Trả lời cho câu hỏ i 2 o Conclusion: Viết lại đề bài theo cách khác (paraphrase the topic)

Lên ý tưởng cho bà i vié t

165

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

BODY:

08

DISCUSSION & OPINION CAUSES/PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS TWO-PART QUESTIONS I. OBJECTIVES At the end of the lesson, students will be able to: - Write the Body for Opinion + Discussion essays, Causes/Problems and Solutions essays, and two-part Questions essays in IELTS Writing task 2.

- Acknowledge some useful phrases related to the topic: Health, Education and Transport.

II. OVERVIEW In this lesson, you are going to continue the content of the previous lesson: BODY in IELTS Writing Task 2, but you will approach three other types of essays, including Discussion + Opinion, Causes/Problems and Solutions and two-part Questions.

III. TRATEGY Before starting the lesson, let’s refresh your memory about the general structure for a Body in IELTS Writing task 2:

❖ Case 1: If there is only 1 big idea in a body paragraph: 1/ Topic sentence (Main idea) 2/ Explanation/Expansion 3/ Example 4/ Concession (if necessary)

166

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

❖ Case 2: If there are 2-3 ideas in a body paragraph: 1/ Topic sentence (Main idea)

2/ Supporting idea 1. 2.1/ Explanation/Expansion for idea 1. 2.2/ Example for idea 1. 2.3/ Concession (if necessary).

3/ Supporting idea 2. 3.1/ Explanation/Expansion for idea 2. 3.2/ Example for idea 2. 3.3/ Concession (if necessary).

NOTE: Sometimes you can give examples before you explain the idea (idea → example → explanation).

IV. ESSENTIAL PHRASES In IELTS Writing task 2, you are required to present convincing arguments and examples. In order to make your essay more coherent and logical, you are suggested to use connective words and phrases. Below are some recommended phrases which are useful for writing an essay: Purpose

Recommended phrases In my opinion, … I strongly agree/disagree with the idea that… My opinion is that … In my view, …

To state the opinion

From my point of view, … From my perspectives, … As far as I am concerned, … It seems to me that … I am of the opinion that …

167

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Similarly,… To show the comparison

Likewise… Unlike/Compared to … At the same time, … On the other hand, … On the contrary, … On the flip side, … Whereas…

To show contrast

By contrast However/Nevertheless, … In spite of/ Despite of the fact that … In contrast to this, … Meanwhile As an example/evidence, … For example/instance, … To show an example, …

To show an example

An example is … Take … as an example, … … could be a good/ideal/evident/typical example. When it comes to … Furthermore, …

To introduce more ideas/examples

In addition, … Another point worth noting/mentioning/ pointing out is … Another factor to consider is … It goes without saying that … Obviously/Apparently, …

To make a point stronger

There can be no doubt that … It is undeniable that … Therefore, we can say beyond any doubt that …

168

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

A major cause of … is … Perhaps the major/main/primary cause of this is … To introduce the causes

An additional cause of … is … … also plays a role in … … is (often/usually) responsible for … … should take measures to …

To suggest solutions

… ought to take steps to … It might be a good idea for us to …

V. APPLYING STRATEGY INTO WRITING BODY 1. Discussion + opinion NOTE: - You should state your opinion right in the Introduction. Do not wait until the Body part to do that. - When writing the Body part, mention your opinion in the Body paragraph which contains the side that you support (Normally, it is Body 2). - When discussing two different options, usually the advantages of one option are the shortcomings of the other. Therefore, it is appropriate to state the benefits of one option in Body 1 and state the benefits of the other option in Body 2 (= drawbacks of the first option). For example, if the question asks you about whether to study alone or in groups, then in Body 1 mentioning benefits of studying alone and in Body 2 stating benefits of studying groups (assume you support studying in groups) is a perfect idea.

In this type of essay, you are requested to discuss two sides of an issue and state your opinion. Example: “Some people think that it is best to live in a horizontal city while others think of a vertical city. Discuss both views and give your opinion.”

169

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to “discuss both views” and “give your opinion”, therefore you need to write a Discussion + Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion + Opinion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion • Body 1: Discuss the opposite side (that you do not support) • Body 2: State your opinion + Discuss the side that you agree with • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion ⇒ My opinion: It is better to live in a vertical city. Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1 (Living in a horizontal city)

1 People pay less for building services Explanation: If living in a private house,

Body 2 (Living in a vertical city + State your opinion)

1 There are more spaces for public usage

people do not have to spend on building Explanation: There will be less land used for services.

2

It is safer

Example: If there is a fire starting in a house,

residential areas, so public buildings could be built.

2 It is much more convenient

people can quickly escape from dangerous Explanation: Because shopping malls and areas. service chains are included. ⇒ Body 1: Discuss the first viewpoint – Living in a horizontal city - Topic sentence: On the one hand, it is beneficial for residents to live in a horizontal city because of its advantages. - Supporting idea 1: Firstly, people have to pay less for building services. - Explanation for supporting idea 1: If residents settle in a private house, they may save a great deal of money since they do not have to spend a sum on any charges for building services. - Supporting idea 2: Secondly, it is safer for inhabitants when emergencies occur.

170

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Example for supporting idea 2: For example, if there is a fire starting in a house, they can quickly escape from dangerous areas because the building is not too high and it would not take much time to leave. ⇒ Body 2: Discuss the 2nd viewpoint – Living in a vertical city + State your opinion - Topic sentence: On the other hand, it seems to me that living in a vertical city is the best choice. - Supporting idea 1: A city with skyscrapers could have more spaces for public usage. - Explanation for supporting idea 1: In particular, there will be less land used for residential areas due to the construction of high buildings. As a result, the government could take advantage of land to build hospitals, schools or places for entertainment. - Supporting idea 2: Furthermore, it is much more convenient for residents to live in an apartment in a tall building. - Explanation for supporting idea 2: This is simply because a wide range of goods and services are often included in high buildings thanks to shopping malls and service chains on lower floors. (Adapted from testbig.com)

Exercise 1: State your opinion then write the Body for the following topic question. “Some people think that computers and the Internet are more important for a child's education than going to school. But others believe that schools and teachers are essential for children to learn effectively. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a ……………………. essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a ……………………. type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: …………………………………….. • Body 1: ……………………………………………... • Body 2: ……………………………………………... • Conclusion: ……………………………………….. ⇒ My opinion: ......................................................

171

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Plan ideas Body 2

Body 1

⇒ Body 1: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Body 2: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Causes/problems and solutions In this type of essay, there are three particular types that you might encounter in IELTS Writing task 2, including Causes and Problems, Causes and Solutions, Problems and Solutions. There is a detailed Body structure for each particular type of essay: a. Causes and Problems: The structure for this type of essay is as follows: Causes and Problems • Body 1: Causes • Body 2: Problems

172

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example “Nowadays, more and more people decide to have children later in their life. What are the causes? What are the effects on society and family life?” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to identify “the causes” and “the effects”, therefore you need to write a Causes and Problems essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Causes and Problems type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Causes • Body 2: Problems • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1

Body 2

(Causes)

(Problems)

1 People have more time to enjoy their lives

1 This could create an age gap Expansion: It is harder for generations to

Example: It is easier for a young couple to communicate with each other. travel when they do not have a baby.

2

2 Young people have lower income

Babies

could

be

less

physical

healthy

Expansion: Therefore they have children Explanation: It may affect the quality of the later to ensure a better life for them.

future workforce.

⇒ Body 1: Causes - Topic sentence: To begin with, there are several reasons why a number of individuals want to have children later in their life. - Supporting idea 1: Firstly, this choice allows them to have more time to enjoy life when they are young. - Example for supporting idea 1: For example, it is easier for a young couple to travel when they do not have a baby to nurture.

173

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Supporting idea 2: Secondly, people who are at the early stage of their career usually have lower income compared to when they are older. - Expansion for supporting idea 2: Therefore, many people decide to start raising a family after having enough money to ensure a better life for their children. ⇒ Body 2: Problems - Topic sentence: However, this tendency might bring about some negative effects on both family life and society. - Supporting idea 1: The first impact is that having children later will cause a significant age gap between two generations. - Expansion for supporting idea 1: This makes it harder for parents to understand and communicate with their offspring. - Supporting idea 2: Additionally, if people give birth when they are too old, the babies being born might be less physically healthy. - Explanation for supporting idea 2: This might adversely affect the quality of the future workforce if too many people decide to follow this trend. (ieltsmaterial.com)

b. Causes and Solutions: The structure for Causes and Solutions essays is as follows: Causes and Solutions • Body 1: Causes • Body 2: Solutions

Example “Influence of human beings on the world's ecosystem is leading to the extinction of species and loss of bio-diversity. What are the primary causes of loss of bio-diversity? What solutions can you suggest?”

174

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to identify “the primary causes” and “solutions”, therefore you need to write a Causes and Solutions essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Causes and Solutions type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Causes • Body 2: Solutions • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1 (Causes)

Body 2 (Solutions)

1 The change of their habitats Explanation: Human destroy wildlife habitat.

1 Protecting natural areas Explanation: It helps to save the untouched

Example: They cut trees and cement the soil to environment and prevent species from build new roads.

2

dying out.

The overexploitation of natural

2

resources

Promoting awareness among people

Explanation: It results in exhaustion of

Explanation: People will be more conscious

resources.

of the environment and won’t overuse or destroy its resources.

⇒ Body 1: Causes - Topic sentence: There are a number of factors leading to the reduction of bio-diversity. - Supporting idea 1: The first main cause of species extinction is the change of their habitats. - Explanation for supporting idea 1: When humans artificially transform the environment, they destroy plants and animals’ natural habitat. - Example for supporting idea 1: For instance, to build new roads people are cutting down the trees and cementing the soil. Because of that, a lot of species are dying out. - Supporting idea 2: Another reason causing the problem is the overexploitation of natural resources. 175

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Explanation for supporting idea 2: When the activities connected with exploiting and harvesting a natural resource are too intense in a particular area, the resource becomes exhausted. - Example for supporting idea 2: For example, too frequent fishing does not leave enough time for fish to reproduce and makes them disappear. ⇒ Body 2: Solutions - Topic sentence: There are some potential methods to resolve the problem. - Supporting idea 1: The first thing we need to do is protecting natural areas. - Explanation for supporting idea 1: By protecting areas where

human

activity

is

limited

and

avoiding

overexploitation of its resources, we can save the untouched environment and prevent species from dying out. - Supporting idea 2: Furthermore, it is necessary to promote awareness among people. - Explanation for supporting idea 2: In particular, the authorities should inform the general population about the dangers of this problem. This way, people will be more conscious of the environment and won’t overuse or destroy its resources. (ielts-up.com)

c. Problems and Solutions: Below is the suggested structure for Problems and Solutions essays: Problems and Solutions • Body 1: Problems • Body 2: Solutions

Example “In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing. What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken to reduce the impact of ageing populations.”

176

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. The question asks you to identify “problems” and “measures”, therefore you need to write a Problems and Solutions essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Problems and Solutions type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Problems • Body 2: Solutions • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Body 2 (Solutions)

Body 1 ( Problems)

1

There will be more people of retirement age who will be eligible to receive a pension

Governments need to increase the

1

retirement age for working adults

Explanation: Nowadays, people of this age

Explanation: The percentage of the younger, tend to be healthy enough to work. Countries should encourage working adults will be smaller, and

2

governments will therefore receive less money in taxes.

2

There will be a rise in the demand

immigration Explanation: It increases the number of people paying taxes.

for healthcare

Explanation: Because elderly people are often subject to many diseases.

⇒ Body 1: Problems - Topic sentence: Several related problems can be anticipated when people live longer and the populations of developed countries grow older. - Supporting idea 1: The prime issue is that there will obviously be more people of retirement age who will be eligible to receive a pension.

177

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

- Explanation for supporting idea 1: The proportion of younger, working adults will be smaller, and governments will therefore receive less money in taxes in relation to the size of the population. In other words, the increasing number of senior citizens will mean a greater tax burden for working adults. - Supporting idea 2: Further pressures will include a rise in the demand for healthcare - Explanation for supporting idea 2: as a result of the fact that elderly people are often subject to many diseases. In this way, the government will have to invest more in healthcare and young adults will increasingly have to look after their elderly relatives. ⇒ Body 2: Solutions - Topic sentence: There are several actions that could be taken to solve the problems described above. - Supporting idea 1: Firstly, a simple solution would be to increase the retirement age for working adults, perhaps from 65 to 70. - Explanation for supporting idea 1: Nowadays, people of this age tend to be healthy enough to continue a productive working life. - Supporting idea 2: A second measure would be for governments to encourage immigration. - Explanation for supporting idea 2: This action is aimed to increase the number of working adults who pay taxes. (ielts-simon.com)

Exercise 2: Write the Body for the following topic question. “Consumers are faced with increasing numbers of advertisements from competing companies. To what extent do you think consumers are influenced by advertisements? What measures can be taken to protect them?” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a ……………………. essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a ……………………. type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: …………………………………….. • Body 1: ……………………………………………... • Body 2: ……………………………………………... • Conclusion: ……………………………………….. 178

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Plan ideas Body 2

Body 1

⇒ Body 1: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Body 2: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3. Two-part questions In this type of essay, you are given two questions, therefore your mission is to answer those questions. Two-part Questions • Body 1: Answering the 1st question • Body 2: Answering the 2nd question

179

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

There are normally two paragraphs in the Body then you need to use each paragraph to answer each question. Example “There are many different types of music in the world today. Why do we need music? Is the traditional music of a country more important than the international music that is heard everywhere nowadays?” ⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This question asks you about “why you need music” and whether “the traditional music is more important than the international music”, therefore you need to write a Two-part Questions essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Two-part Questions type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Answering the 1st question • Body 2: Answering the 2nd question • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1

1 For children, music is a means of

1

International

pop

music

is

learning language, or simply as a

entertaining but usually used for

form of enjoyment

business

Expansion: Singing in a group creates a connection between participants.

2

Body 2

Adults see their favourite songs as a part of our life stories

2 Traditional country’s

music culture,

expresses customs

a

and

history Example: cheo, tuong, cai luong.

Explanation: Music both expresses and arouses emotions in a way that words alone cannot.

180

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Body 1: Answering the 1st question - Topic sentence: Music is something that accompanies all of us throughout our lives. - Supporting idea 1: As children, we are taught songs by our parents and teachers as a means of learning language, or simply as a form of enjoyment. - Expansion for supporting idea 1: Children delight in singing with others, and it would appear that the act of singing in a group creates a connection between participants, regardless of their age. - Supporting idea 2: Later in life, people’s musical preferences develop, and we come to see our favourite songs as a part of our life stories. - Explanation for supporting idea 2: Music both expresses and arouses emotions in a way that words alone cannot. ⇒ Body 2: Answering the 2nd question - Topic sentence: In my opinion, traditional music should be valued over the international music that has become so popular. - Supporting idea 1: International pop music is often catchy and fun, but it is essentially a commercial product that is marketed and sold by business people. - Supporting idea 2: Traditional music, by contrast, expresses the culture, customs and history of a country. - Example for supporting idea 2: Traditional styles, such as cheo, tuong, cai luong connect us to the past and form part of our cultural identity. (ielts-simon.com)

Exercise 3: Write the Body for the following topic question.

“Happiness if often considered difficult to define. Why is this? What factors determine happiness?”

181

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ PLANNING: Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a ……………………. essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a ……………………. type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: …………………………………….. • Body 1: ……………………………………………... • Body 2: ……………………………………………... • Conclusion: ……………………………………….. Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1

Body 2

⇒ Body 1: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Body 2: Topic sentence: ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Explanation: ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Example: .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................................................

182

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

VI. USEFUL VOCABULARY In this lesson, you are provided some useful vocabulary related to common topics in IELTS Writing Task 2 including Education, Health and Transport. EDUCATION - Kindergarten - University = higher education = tertiary education - Vocational course - Distance learning course - Comprehensive education - (to) enroll on/in a degree course - (to) attend a lecture - Fall behind with study = fail to keep pace with the school/university work - Play truant/truancy - The literacy rate - A gap year - Academic performance

Example • “However, it is undeniable that there are qualities that a distance-learning could not provide but to attend a lecture in person.” (testbig.com)

• “Many students play truancy because they are receiving free education from the government.” • “One benefit of taking distance learning course is the timetable will be flexible, which means you can study whenever and wherever you want.” (ieltsmaterial.com)

183

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Exercise 4: Match each phrase on the left with its explanation on the right. a. A year that a young person spends working and/or 1. Vocational course

travelling, often between leaving school and starting university.

2. Comprehensive education

3. To keep pace with

b. The measurement of student achievement across various academic subjects. c. A course that prepares people to work as a technician or in various jobs. d. The percentage of people in a certain sample of

4. Tertiary education

population or country that have the ability to read and write. e. A system of education in Britain in which children of

5. The literacy rate

different abilities go to the same school and are taught together.

6. A gap year

f. To proceed at the same speed as g. Education for people above school age, including

7. Kindergarten

college, university and training courses for particular jobs.

8. Academic performance

h. A school or class to prepare children aged five for school.

HEALTH -

Suffer from various health issues Anxiety disorder Have a healthy/balanced diet Have an unhealthy/imbalanced diet Rapid weight gain Weight problems Obesity Take regular exercise Public health campaigns Home-cooked food (to) be at a higher risk of heart diseases Average life expectancy Treatment costs

184

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Example • “On the one hand, there are some compelling benefits of having home-cooked meals.” (IeltsPinas)

• “About 17 per cent of the population will have an anxiety disorder at some stage in their life.” (ielts-mentor.com) • “There are certain disadvantages that privately-owned hospitals bring about regarding high treatment costs, and potential ethical and legal corruption.” (bereadyielts.com)

• “Fast foods, in most of the cases, contain ingredients which are harmful for our body and cause rapid weight gain.” (coursehero.com)

Exercise 5: Complete the following body paragraphs by using given vocabulary related to topic Health to fill in the gaps. On the one hand, there are several reasons to advocate the intervention of the state. Firstly, the government should organize 1. _____________ in order to raise the public’s awareness. The people are encouraged to 2. _____________ as well as 3. _____________, which exerts positive effects on their health. Secondly, the government should require companies to provide information about what food contains. For example, food packaging has to show the food’s nutritional content. This allows consumers to make healthier food choices. On the other hand, I believe that individuals take some responsibilities for their diet and health. This is because most people lead a sedentary lifestyle. Many people prefer staying at home to engaging in outdoor activities. In terms of children, they have to suffer from 4. _____________ because of studying intensively and spending less time on sports. Furthermore, the prevalence of fast food and processed food leads to the imbalanced diet. Because of the hectic life, people do not have enough time to prepare foods. As a result, junk foods are favored by many customers. However, these foods contain too much fat and sugar, which would make people suffer from 5. _____________. Therefore, it is the time for every person to aware of their lifestyle and eating habit. (ieltsplanet.info) 185

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

TRANSPORT - Drive to work = travel/go/commute to work by car - Commuting costs - Run a red lights - Cycle lanes = bike lanes - Improve road traffic safety - Reduce traffic accidents - Speeding - Traffic jams = traffic congestion - Driving offence - License suspension - Install speed cameras - Impose stricter punishments on someone

Example • “In most cases, accidents have occurred due to the interdisciplinary acts of the drivers themselves, such as speeding, drunk driving or using their mobile phones during driving.” (ielts-mentor.com)

• “A heavier fine could be imposed for running a red light or driving without a helmet.” (testuru.com)

• “The governments have to encourage people to use public transport by improving the infrastructure or by reducing the commuting cost.” (ieltsnetwork.com)

• “Driving penalty such as small fines, license suspension, drive awareness courses and even prison sentences should be introduced for those who disobey traffic laws.” (ieltsband7.com)

Exercise 6: Use the following words and phrases to write completed sentences. Add words if necessary. 1. Traffic congestion/ most serious problems/ big cities/ people’s lives/ difficult. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Some people/ strict punishments/ driving offence/ key/ reducing/ traffic accidents. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

186

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. Increasing/ minimum/ legal driving age/ reduce traffic accidents/ improving/ safety of roads. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4. Best way/ reduce/ crime rate/ governments/ impose stricter punishments/ criminals. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5. Local authorities/ install speed cameras/ limit/ speed/ vehicles/ allowed/ travel. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

VII. PRACTICE Write The Body for the following topic questions. 1. “Nowadays, the use of animal testing in medical research has become a hot topic. Some people believe that animal testing should be banned, whereas others claim it is necessary. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. “More and more women are now going out to work and some women are now the major salary earner in the family. What are the causes of this, and what effect is this having on families and society?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3. “Some people say that if old people spend time and get along with others and exercise everyday they will become fit. However, nowadays old people are usually alone and do not talk to others which make them unhappy and unfit. Causes and solutions?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

187

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. “Despite a large number of gyms, a sedentary lifestyle is gaining popularity in the contemporary world. What problems are associated with this? What solutions can you suggest?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5. “Some parents buy their children whatever they ask for, and allow their children to do whatever they want. Is this a good way to raise children? What consequences could this style of parenting have for children as they get older?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

VIII. HOMEWORK Write the Body for the following topic questions. 1. “Many people believe that all zoos should be closed, while others claim that zoos have a positive impact. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. “Today more people are overweight than ever before. What in your opinion are the primary causes of this? What are the main effects of this epidemic?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

188

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. “Students leave high school without learning how to manage their money. What are the reasons and solutions for this issue?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4. “More and more people now own cars. What are the problems associated with an increase in the usage of private cars? How can these problems be solved?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5. “Success is often measured by wealth and material belongings. Do you think wealth is the best measure of success? What makes a successful person?” ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

189

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

09

CONCLUSION AND CHECKING

Sau khi chúng ta đã hoàn thành các phần Introduction và Body, vậy giờ là lúc chúng ta viết phần Conclusion (kết luận) cho bài viết của mình được hoàn tất. Bài học cuối cùng này sẽ giúp các bạn viết được phần kết luận một cách chính xác và dễ dàng cũng như hướng dẫn bạn kiểm tra lại bài viết trước khi nộp bài.

I. MỤC TIÊU BÀI HỌC Bà i họ c cuó i cù ng củ a IELTS WRITING – từ A đé n Z tạ p chung chủ yé u và o cá c giai đoạn cuối cùng củ a mọ t bà i essay Task 2: Conclusion (ké t bà i) & Checking (kiẻ m tra lạ i). Bài học này sẽ giúp bạn viết đoạn kết luận để hoàn thiện bài văn của mình và kiểm tra lại các lỗi sau khi đã viết xong.

II. TỔNG QUAN Trong phần kết luận, bạn chỉ cần viết 1 câu là đủ hoặc chỉ viết từ 2 đé n 3 câu và không nên viết dài hơn 3 câu vì tỏ ng thời gian dành cho cả kết luận và kiểm tra lại bài làm được khuyé n khích là 5 phút. Hã y có gá ng vié t kết luận bởi né u không có phần kết luận band điẻ m củ a bạ n sẽ luôn luôn dưới 6.0. Viẹ c kiẻ m tra lạ i cũ ng rá t quan trọ ng vì bạ n có cơ họ i xem lại lỗi ngữ pháp, lỗi đánh vần củ a cả bà i vié t.

III. CHIẾN LƯỢC LÀM BÀI 1. Chiến lược viết kết luận Bước 1: Sử dụ ng concluding phrase: To conclude/ To sum up/ In conclusion/ In summary/ In short… Bước 2: Đè cạ p lạ i thesis statement (câu bọ c lọ quan điẻ m cá nhân ở phần Introduction) bà ng cá ch paraphrase. Bước 3: Khẳng định lại quan điểm cá nhân vè chủ đè củ a bà i vié t (né u cà n thié t) Lưu ý: khi vié t kết luận bạn không đưa thêm idea mới và o đoạ n ké t bà i, không sao chép nguyên vẹn câu từ introduction, và hã y giữ cho câu ké t luạ n củ a bạ n ngắn gọn, súc tích. 2. Viết kết luận cho từng dạng bài. Trong phần này, sách sẽ đưa ra các ví dụ cụ thể giúp bạn viết kết luận cho từng dạng bài Opinion/ Discussion/ Opinion + Discussion/Causes and Solutions/ Two-part questions.

190

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. Làm thế nào để kiểm tra lỗi sai Mõ i dạ ng bà i essay sẽ có yêu cà u vè conclusion khá c nhau. Và sau khi hoà n thà nh conclusion, bạ n nên bá t đà u CHECKING. Có mọ t só lõ i phỏ bié n mà bạ n cà n chú ý như: - Grammar: o Correct tenses: Sử dụ ng thì chính xá c o Subject-Verb Agreement (sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ): chia động từ phù hợp với chủ ngữ ở dạng số ít và số nhiều o Connective words (từ nối): sử dụng từ nối hợp lí và chính xác (ví dụ However thì phả i connect hai câu có nghĩa trái ngược nhau) o Articles (mạo từ): chú ý mạ o từ xá c định và mạ o từ không xá c định, không sử dụng mạo từ khi đề cập đến các khái niệm chung chung. o Spelling: kiểm tra xem các từ đã vié t đú ng chính tả hay chưa bao gồm cá c danh từ riêng, cấu tạo từ, từ rút gọn…

191

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

CONCLUSION & CHECKING

09 I. OBJECTIVES

At the end of the lesson, students will be able to: - Acknowledge the importance of the Conclusion and Checking in IELTS Writing Task 2.

- Know how to write a good Conclusion for the essay in IELTS Writing task 2. - Know how to check the mistakes after writing an essay.

II. OVERVIEW 1. Basic information There is some basic information about the Conclusion and Checking that you need to acknowledge before starting the lesson. a. Number of sentences: In the Conclusion, one sentence is definitely enough. It is acceptable if you write 2-3 sentences, but not longer. b. Time The suggested total time for Conclusion and Checking is 5 minutes. 2. Why is it essential to write the Conclusion? Band

IELTS Writing Task 2 Band Descriptor

Score

(Task Response) • Addresses all parts of the task although some parts may be more fully covered than others

6

• Presents a relevant position although the conclusions may become unclear or repetitive • Presents

relevant

main

ideas

but

some

may

be

inadequately

developed/unclear • Addresses the task only partially; the format may be inappropriate in places 5

• Expresses a position but the development is not always clear and there may be no conclusions drawn.

192

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Looking at the IELTS Writing band descriptors, it is clear that in an IELTS essay, the Conclusion is definitely important because if you write an essay without a Conclusion, you will get under band 6 in Task Response and leave a weak impression on the examiner. 3. Why is it essential to check the essay? It is necessary to check again your grammar and spelling mistakes in the whole essay. This will ensure that you do not lose scores for Lexical Resource and Grammatical range and Accuracy.

III. STRATEGY 1. Strategy for writing a conclusion In Conclusion, you are going to summarize and repeat your opinion by paraphrasing the answer that you gave in your Introduction (normally in the second sentence of the Introduction). There is the suggested formula for writing the Conclusion in IELTS Writing task 2:

• Step 1: Use a concluding phrase. • Step 2: Restate the thesis statement in different words. • Step 3: Restate your personal recommendations (if necessary).

There are some important things that you should keep in mind when writing a Conclusion: NOTE: - No surprise conclusion: The Conclusion must not include any new ideas. New information or main points should be covered in the Body parts. - Do not just copy whole sentences from your Introduction, or else you will lose marks. - Keep the Conclusion short and concise. Below are some recommended concluding phrases to start a Conclusion: •

To conclude,

•

To sum up,

•

In conclusion,

•

In short,

•

In brief,

•

In summary,

193

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Moreover, there are some recommended phrases to use in the Conclusion of each type of essays as follows: Opinion

• In conclusion, I (do/do not) believe that … • For the reasons mentioned above, I believe that ... • In conclusion, it is evident/obvious/apparent that both … and … are advantageous/beneficial in their own ways.

Discussion

• To sum up, I strongly believe that … has a great deal of advantages/merits/benefits/positive effects, but at the same time, it is not without some disadvantages/drawbacks. • In conclusion, there are convincing arguments both for and against

Discussion + Opinion

... [paraphrased topic], but I believe that ... [your opinion]. • In conclusion, while …, I personally/strongly believe that … • In conclusion, I would argue that the … outweigh the … • In conclusion, I believe that … would have more … than … • In conclusion, it is clear that there are various reasons/causes for

Causes/Problems + Solutions

…, and steps need to be taken to tackle this problem. • In

conclusion,

various

measures/steps/solutions

can

be

taken/applied/implemented to tackle/mitigate the problems that arise as….

2-parts Questions

• In conclusion, (I believe that) … and …

Example • Opinion essay: “The older generations tend to have very traditional ideas about how people should live, think and behave. However, some people believe that these ideas are not helpful in preparing younger generations for modern life. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this view?” ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion, I do believe that traditional values are still useful and should not be forgotten. (Adapted from ielts-simon.com)

194

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

• Discussion essay: “Modern societies need specialists in certain fields, but not others. Some people, therefore, think that governments should pay university fees for students who study subjects that are needed by society. Those who choose to study less relevant subjects should not receive the government funding. Discuss both views of such an educational policy.” ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion, I strongly believe that this educational policy has a great deal of advantages, but at the same time, it is not without some drawbacks. • Discussion + Opinion essay: “Some people think that strict punishments for driving offences are the key to reducing traffic accidents. Others, however, believe that other measures would be more effective in improving road safety. Discuss both these views and give your own opinion.” ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion, while punishments can help to prevent bad driving, I believe that other road safety measures should also be introduced. (ieltsplanet.info)

• Causes/Problems + Solutions: “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their levels of health and fitness are decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion, it is clear that there are various reasons for the weight problems among people, and steps such as balanced diet and regular exercise need to be taken to tackle this issue. • 2-parts Questions: “Many people prefer to watch foreign films rather than locally produced films. Why could this be? Should governments give more financial support to local film industries?”

195

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion, there are a number of reasons for this tendency and governments should give financial support to help to raise the quality of locally made films and allow them to compete with the foreign productions that currently dominate the market. (Adapted from testbig.com)

2. Writing a conclusion for each type of essay: 2.1. Opinion essay: “Boys are most influenced by their fathers and girls are most influenced by their mothers. Do you agree or disagree?” Introduction: It is true that nowadays parents have a great influence on their children. Some people hold the opinion that the same sex is the major determination of influencing parent. I personally agree with this idea. Looking at the Introduction above, it is clear that some words and phrases can be easily paraphrased: • Agree = concur • Sex = gender • Parents have influence on their children = children are influenced by parents ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion (Concluding phrase), I strongly concur that children are influenced by a parent of the same gender (Restate the thesis statement). Therefore each parent should be aware of his or her own behaviours to set a good example for the offspring (Give personal recommendations). Exercise 1: Write the Conclusion for the following topic question, based on the given Introduction.

“Some people think that all university students should only be allowed to study subjects that will be useful in the future such as those related to science and technology. To what extent do you agree or disagree?”

196

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Introduction: It is widely thought that all universities should only allow their students to study subjects which will be helpful in the future such as science-based subjects. I completely disagree with this point of view. (Adapted from ielts-mentor.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: •

Thought = ......................................................................

•

Universities = ...............................................................

•

Subjects = .......................................................................

•

Helpful = .........................................................................

•

Science-based subjects = .........................................

•

Point of view = ............................................................

⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.2 Discussion essay: “Some people think that museums should be enjoyable places to entertain people, while others believe that the purpose of museums is to educate. Discuss both views.” Introduction: It is widely thought that museums are built with the main aim of educating people. At the same time, some people argue that these buildings should be considered as a means of entertainment. Looking at the Introduction above, it is clear that some words and phrases can be easily paraphrased: • The main of educating people ≈ offer an educational experience • A means of entertainment ≈ offer an interesting and enjoyable experience.

197

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion (Concluding phrase), a good museum should be able to offer an interesting, enjoyable and educational experience so that people can both have fun and learn something at the same time. (Restate the thesis statement). (Adapted from testbig.com)

Exercise 2: Write the Conclusion for the following topic question, based on the given Introduction. “In some countries young people are encouraged to work or travel for a year between finishing high school and starting university studies. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages for young people who decided to do this.” Introduction: Before enrolling in college, many young people are advised that a year working or travelling may be a good option. This essay will suggest that saving money is the biggest advantage of this and a reduced motivation to study is the primary disadvantage. (Adapted from jolo.edu.vn)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: •

Enrolling in = ................................................................

•

Young people = ............................................................

•

A year working or travelling = ..............................

•

Good = .............................................................................

•

Option = ..........................................................................

•

Advantage = .................................................................

•

Disadvantage = ............................................................

⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.3. Discussion and opinion essay: “Some people prefer to spend their lives doing the same things and avoiding change. Others, however, think that change is always a good thing. Discuss both view and give your opinion.”

198

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Introduction: Many individuals would rather go through life staying the same while other people like the idea of facing new challenges. This essay agrees that change is beneficial to our lives because we can expand our worldview and gain new experiences. (Adapted from ielts-simon.com)

Looking at the Introduction above, it is clear that some words and phrases can be easily paraphrased: • New challenge ≈ change • Beneficial ≈ important • Expand our worldview = develop an open mind • Gain new experiences = experiencing new things ⇒ Conclusion To sum up (Concluding phrase), despite differing views on whether change is beneficial, I think that change is important for developing an open mind and experiencing new things (Restate the thesis statement). (ieltsfocus.com)

Exercise 3: Write the Conclusion for the following topic question, based on the given Introduction. “It is becoming increasingly popular to have a year off between finishing school and going to university. Do the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?” Introduction: Nowadays, many high school graduates decide to take a one-year break, before starting university. While there are several certain benefits for students who do this, I believe there are far more drawbacks. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • High school graduates = ................................................... • Decide = .................................................................................. • Take a one-year break = ................................................... • Starting university = .......................................................... • Several = ................................................................................. • Benefits = ................................................................................ • Drawbacks =........................................................................... 199

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.4. Causes/problems and solutions essay: “In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing. What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken to reduce the impact of ageing populations.” Introduction: It is true that people in industrialised nations can expect to live longer than ever before. Although there will undoubtedly be some negative consequences of this trend, societies can take steps to mitigate these potential problems. (ielts-simon.com)

Looking at the Introduction above, it is clear that some words and phrases can be easily paraphrased: • People in industrialised nations = populations of developed countries • Live longer = grow older • Undoubtedly be some negative consequences = problems that are certain to arise • Can take steps to mitigate = measures can be taken to tackle ⇒ Conclusion: In conclusion (Concluding phrase), various measures can be taken to tackle the problems that are certain to arise as the populations of developed countries grow older (Restate the thesis statement). Exercise 4: Write the Conclusion for the following topic question, based on the given Introduction. “In many countries, the quality of life in the large cities is worsening. What possibly can cause this problem? What measures can be taken to resolve it?”

200

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Introduction: There is a decline in the quality of life witnessed in a huge number of countries across the globe. This essay will point out the reasons behind this and suggest some possible solutions to overcome the problems of city residents. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Decline = ................................................................................. • Quality of life = ..................................................................... • Witness = ................................................................................ • A huge number of countries = ........................................ • Across the globe = ............................................................... • Possible solutions = ............................................................ • Overcome = ........................................................................... • City residents = .................................................................... ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.5. 2-part question: “There are many different types of music in the world today. Why do we need music? Is the traditional music of a country more important than the international music that is heard everywhere nowadays?” Introduction It is true that a rich variety of musical styles can be found around the world. Music is a vital part of all human cultures for a range of reasons, and I would argue that traditional music is more important than modern, international music. (ielts-simon.com)

Looking at the Introduction above, it is clear that some words and phrases can be easily paraphrased: • A vital part of all human cultures = a necessary part of human existence • I would argue = i believe • Is more important = should be given more importance

201

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Conclusion In conclusion (Concluding phrase), music is a necessary part of human existence, and I believe that traditional music should be given more importance than international music (Restate the thesis statement). At the same time, international music still should be well consider due to its entertaining and artistic value (Give personal opinion). (ielts-simon.com)

Exercise 5: Write the Conclusion for the following topic question, based on the given Introduction. “Many people prefer to watch foreign films rather than locally produced films. Why could this be? Should governments give more financial support to local film industries?” Introduction: It is true that foreign films are more popular in many countries than domestically produced films. There could be several reasons why this is the case, and I believe that governments should promote local film-making by sponsoring the industry. (ielts-simon.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Foreign films = .................................................................... • Are more popular = ............................................................ • Many countries = ................................................................. • Domestically produced films = ...................................... • Several reasons = ................................................................ • Governments = ..................................................................... • Promote = ............................................................................... • Sponsor the industry = ..................................................... ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................

202

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. How to check your essay? After finishing your essay, you are going to check again the mistakes that you usually make or upgrade your words to a higher level. There are some common mistakes that you need to check: • Grammar: Tenses, Subject – Verb agreement, connective words, articles, … • Spelling: Proper nouns, word formation, contraction, …

Example • “Working longer hours is getting more common in today’s society. I personally believe that this trend not only have a severe impact on the workers themselves, but also on their families and the community as a whole. However, I totally agree with the idea of limiting working hours.” (Adapted from ielts-nguyenhuyen.com)

There is a Subject-Verb agreement error in this sentence: The verb “have” is in plural form while “this trend” is a singular subject.  Correction: have ⇒ has. Besides, the conjunction “However” is not contextually correct.  Correction: However ⇒ Therefore. • “Many sports brands, such as adidas and nike, pay professional athletes millions of dollars to endorse their products.” In this sentence, “adidas” and “nike” should be capitalized the first letter.  Correction: adidas ⇒ Adidas; nike ⇒ Nike. • “It’s hard to deny that people can’t live happy lives without their families.” There are contraction mistakes in this sentence (i.e. it’s, can’t).  Correction: It’s ⇒ It is; can’t ⇒ cannot. • “A resent research indicates that only 5 out of 10 young people in New York do exercise every day.” With short numbers like 5 or 10, you should write them in letters.  Correction: 5 ⇒ five; 10 ⇒ ten.

203

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

• “There is the possible solutions to deal with this traffic congestion in big cities.” There is another common mistake that many people make when writing an essay. It is article mistake. The article “the” is not suitable and grammatically correct in this situation.  Correction: the ⇒ a. NOTE: HOW TO USE ARTICLES? • Indefinite articles (a, an) Is used when you introduce a person or thing for the first time. E.g. There is a park near my house. • Definite article (the) Is used to refer to a person or thing that has already been mentioned. E.g. There is a park near my house. The park is big and has a lot of trees. Is used to refer to a person or thing which is the one and only. E.g. The government of Vietnam is trying to prevent the explosion of COVID19. Is used in superlative comparison. E.g. For Durkheim, comparison was the most important method of analysis in sociology. • Be careful! DO NOT use articles when you are speaking in general. E.g. Elephants are big animals. A plural noun can be used with or without an article. A singular countable noun must have an article or another determiner with it. (Adapted from englishgrammar.org)

Exercise 6: Identify one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order to correct the sentence. 1 The Earth is the only planet with a large number of oxygen in its atmosphere. A

B

C

D

2 Venus approaches the Earth more closely than any other planet is. A

B

C

D

3 A five-thousand-dollars reward was offered for the capture of the escaped criminals. A

B

C

D

204

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4 The development of transistors made possible it to reduce the size of many A

B

C

electronic devices. D 5 Weather and geography conditions may determine the type of transportation used A B C D in a region. 6 The lion has long been a symbol of strength, power, and it is very cruel. A

B

C

D

7 Some studies show that young babies prefer the smell of milk to those of other liquids. A

B

C

B

8 Found in the 12th century, Oxford University ranks among the world’s oldest universities. A B C D 9 In very early times, people around the fire were entertained by storytellers with A B C stories of heroes’ wonderful actions and vitory. D 10 We are working, that means that we are contributing goods and services to our society. A B C D Exercise 7: Each sentence below contains one mistake. Identify and correct them. 1 People need a lot of time to get used to live in a new country. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Research into space explorations can lead to new cutting-edge technology. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 Handwriting skills is still essential even in today’s modern world. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 The best way to tackle problem of littering is to have more bins available. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 The government should spend more money on the arts so order to protect cultural identity. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6 An increasing number of people are choosing to travel by car rather than public transports. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 205

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

7 If students are involved in making decisions about how a school is run it might lead to problems. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8 While some people think that children should be given more homework, others believe that children should be free for enjoy their leisure time. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 9 Because the lack of exercise taken by average people, obesity and other weight related problems are on the rise. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 The second solution that can be adopted is that an emergency fund should raise to help the victims. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Exercise 8: Each paragraph below contains three mistakes. Identify and correct them. a Mother and father both play crucial role in the upbringing of children. Some people believe that women often make better parents than men are while others claim that men are as well as women in parenting. I am personally of the opinion that women make better parents. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b Some people go to universities to get farther education to enhance their horizon or to improve their job position and salary. Others go to the college and universities to let the world know that they are educated. Funny this may seem but many people simply consider the higher education as the status they require to get a higher position on the society. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c In sum up, I think both cities and rural areas have their own charm. Cities have more busy and hectic life but have better facilities, rural areas, on contrary, have more relaxed lifestyle but lack in up-to-date technologies. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 206

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

IV. PRACTICE 1. Write the Conclusions for the following topic questions, based on the given Introductions. a “Full time university students spend most of the time studying. They should be doing other activities too. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” Introduction: It is widely argued nowadays that full-time undergraduates at university should engage in other activities instead of staying concentrated on their studies only. I strongly agree with this opinion. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Nowadays = ..................................................................................... • Undergraduates at university = ............................................... • Engage in = ....................................................................................... • Concentrate on = ............................................................................ • Strongly agree = .............................................................................. ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “Having more money and less free time is better than earning less money and having more free time. Discuss both views.” Introduction: In the busy pace of modern life, many people are facing a difficult choice between money and spare time. While a number of individuals believe that having much free time is more important than earning a lot of money, it is widely argued that having more income and less odd times is a better option.

207

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Busy pace = ........................................................................... • Facing = ................................................................................... • Difficult choice = .................................................................. • Money = .................................................................................. • Spare time = .......................................................................... • A number of individuals = ............................................... • Having much free time = .................................................. • Important = ........................................................................... • Earning a lot of money = .................................................. ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “Some people think that e-books are the death of paper books while others think that paper books will never disappear. Discuss both sides and give your opinion.” Introduction: In the era of technology, e-books has being increasingly popular with people. While it is widely argued that with the evolution of e-books, traditional paper books are no longer necessary, I am in the opinion that printed books would never be replaced with any other types of materials. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Era of technology = ............................................................ • Being increasingly popular = ......................................... • The evolution = .................................................................... • Traditional paper books = ............................................... • Necessary = ........................................................................... • I am in the opinion = .......................................................... ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 208

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

d “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their level of health and fitness is decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” Introduction: Many nations in the world are witnessing an increase in the weight of their citizens which declines the quality of health and fitness. This essay will discuss the reasons behind this problem and suggest some possible measures that can be taken to address this issue. (Adapted from ieltsband7.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Many nations = .................................................................... • In the world = ....................................................................... • Witnessing = ......................................................................... • An increase = ........................................................................ • Citizens = ................................................................................ • Declines = ............................................................................... • Quality of health and fitness = ....................................... • Reasons = ............................................................................... • Measures = ............................................................................. • Address = ................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e “Some parents buy their children whatever they ask for, and allow their children to do whatever they want. Is this a good way to raise children? What consequences could this style of parenting have for children as they get older?” Introduction: Nowadays, some parents easily satisfy every demand of their children instead of imposing necessary discipline on them. From my perspectives, this way of educating may have many negative impacts on children in the future.

209

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Nowadays = .......................................................................... • Parents = ................................................................................. • Satisfy = ................................................................................... • Demand = ............................................................................... • Children = ............................................................................... • Imposing necessary discipline on = ............................. • From my perspectives = ................................................... • Way of educating = ............................................................. ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Each sentence below contains one mistake. Identify and correct them. a Fire inventing by pre-historic humans thousands of years ago and it is one of the most important inventions in history. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b It is a fact that smart phone helped us a lot in our daily life. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c The constant robbery of tourists annoy many local people. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d One-thirds of the population does not have enough to eat. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e However, people now tend to rely a lot on technological inventions, which might make us lazy than ever before. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ f New species of insects have been discovered by scientists every year. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ g Dinosaurs were existed millions of years ago. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

210

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

h There are many reasons why children nowadays are so interested in use social networking sites. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ i Evidently, smart phone helps remove the geographical barriers and brings people closest. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3. Each paragraph below contains five mistakes. Identify and correct them. a In recent year, a growing number of people has begun to challenge the existing practice of sending criminal to prison. They argue that law offenders should be punishing by doing something for the public. It is quite natural that people seldom reach a complete agreement on such controversial issue. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b To sum up, our customs has value and are an important part of our culture. Therefore, I do not believe that we should abandon our tradition customs when we move to another country. At same time, I believe that we should learn to the customs of the new land we move to and follow those that appeal us. In this way, we can remember and celebrate our old culture while adapt to the new one. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c The first factor that can be seen by every people is that a salary should not be so low. Most people will be married and have childs, so they need a stable income because their family responsibilities even if they are not satisfied with their job. In addition, to live a more comfortable life is a part of human nature. All these thing need a certain amount of money. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d To bring family members closest, people put forward various suggestions. Firstly, never bring our work home but leave it in our office. We should spare more time with family members no matter how busy we are. Secondly, try to set aside some time for regular family dinners because dinner time is a perfect time and opportunity for people to exchange their feelings and idea. Last but not least, we should teach children a sense of family when they are still youth and help them form some good habits like writing letters and make telephone calls to each other. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 211

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

V. HOMEWORK 1. Write the Introduction and Conclusion for the following topic questions. a “Prevention is better than cure’. Researching and treating diseases is too costly so it would be better to invest in preventative measures. To what extent do you agree?” ⇒ Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b “Some people prefer to devote their whole lives to one company, while others tend to jump from job to job. Discuss both views.” ⇒ Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c “Some people think that it is more beneficial to take part in sports which are played in teams, like football, while other people think that taking part in individual sports, like tennis or swimming, is better. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.” ⇒ Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d “All over the world, societies are facing a growing problem with obesity. This problem affects both children and adults. What are the reasons for this rise in obesity? How could it be tackled?”

212

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

⇒ Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e “The success of a country is often determined by their economic power. Is this the most important factor? What other factors should be used to measure a country’s success?” ⇒ Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ⇒ Conclusion: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2. Each sentence below contains one mistake. Identify and correct them. a Online shopping applications such as Shopee or Tiki help us save time as we do not have to go to tradition market as usually we did in the past. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ b Freezing colder weather can be a great joy to some people; however, to others, it is terrible. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c Native speakers often speak fast, which makes students embarrassing to ask them to repeat. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d To some students, British food is strange because it may be cooked differently or tasted different. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ e In my opinion, living in big cities is more advantages than living in the countryside. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ f Online shopping is increasing in popular because of its convenience. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

213

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

g Efforts to reduce the consequences that are caused by rising temperature should be done in a globe scale. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ h Many oversea students find that understanding other students is a bigger problem than understanding their teachers. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ i It is widely believed that learning a foreign language is very important to a children’s early development. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3. Identify one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order to correct the sentence. 1 Reading cannot make your life longer, but reading really makes your life more thicker. A B C D 2 One of the best ways to encourage your children to read are to provide interesting A

B

C

titles for them to enjoy. D 3 Aloha is a Hawaiian word meaning “love”, that can be used to say hello or goodbye. A B C D 4 The students should be encouraged to discuss critically about the information that A

B

C

they are given. D 5 Psychological experiment indicate that people remember more math problems that A they cannot solve than those they are able to solve. B C D 4. Each paragraph below contains five mistakes. Identify and correct them. a Animal play an important role in the progress of human beings. For instant, such animals as monkeys or rabbit are used in medical researches. Animal testing has dramatically improved the health of human beings. Without animal testing, many patients would suffer from and even die of their diseases. However, despite these benefit, I believe that animals should not used for testing medical techniques and drugs. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

214

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

b Second, not all experiments are necessity. Nowaday, animals are used in too many experiments. Some diseases is not common ones and will not lead to peoples’ death. Furthermore, with the fast development of science and technology, other alternatives have been found to replacing animal testing. For example, computer simulation can achieve similar results. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ c Constantly listening and speaking in a foreign language is tired. Although you may have learned English very thorough, it is possible that the regional accents you discover when you arrive in UK make the language harder to understand than you thought. People may also speaks quickly and you may feel too embarrassed for ask them to repeat what they have said. ................................................................................................................................................................................................ d Our planet gives us everything we needs, but natural resources are not endless. Strip mining devastates the whole regional environment, leaving bare and useful ground. Deforestation removes old trees that cannot replaced. Too much fishing may reduce fish populations to the point where they cannot recover. We are too careless when take what we want without give anything back. ................................................................................................................................................................................................

215

ANSWER KEY IELTS WRITING – Cẩm nang học IELTS A-Z

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

ANSWER KEY GENERAL INFORMATION HOW TO WRITE AN INTRODUCTION 1. Exercise 1 1 Line graph

4 Pie chart

2 Diagram

5 Bar chart

3 Column graph

6 Table

2. Exercise 2 Suggested answers - Question 1: The given graph illustrates UK acid rain emissions, measured in millions of tones, from four different sectors between 1990 and 2007 - Question 2: The pie charts compare the proportion of carbohydrates, protein and fat in three different diets. - Question 3: The table shows percentages of consumer spending on different items in five different countries in 2002. - Question 4: The flow chart shows the process of waste paper recycling. - Question 5: The map indicates the development of the village called Chorletwood between 1868 and 1994. 3. Exercise 3 1

B

2

B

3

A

4

B

5

A

6

A

7

A

4. Exercise 4: 1

True

2

False -> The line graph gives information on UK people attending/ who attend cinema.

3

False -> The paragraph gives information from a 2008 report about how many people in the USA have consumed since 1980.

4

True

217

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

5. Exercise 5: 1 People visited 2 People who visited 6. Exercise 6: 1 The graph shows information about how much coffee was produced in Kenya between 1999 and 2006. 2 The graph highlights data about the amount of coffee which was produced in Kenya, over a seven-year period between 1999 and 2006. 7. Exercise 7: 2 • The graph shows information about how many DVDs were sold in the UK and the USA between 2005 and 2008. • The graph shows data about the number of DVDS which were sold in the UK and the USA between 2005 and 2008. 3 • The graph shows information about how much chocolate was produced in Colombia… • The graph shows data about the amount of chocolate which was produced in Colombia… 8. Exercise 8: Suggested answer Subject

Verb

The Question

graph

shows

below The Paraphrase line

compares

graph

What

When

the proportion of the

between

population aged 65 and

1940 and

over

2040

the percentage of people aged 65 or more

Where in three different countries.

over a

in three

period of

different

100 years

countries

9. Exercise 9: Introduction: The graph shows changes in the number of cars per household in Great Britain over a period of 36 years.

218

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOMEWORK 1 The chart gives information about UK immigration, emigration and net migration between 1999 and 2008. 2 The line graph compares four sectors in terms of the amount of acid rain emissions that they produced over a period of 17 years in the UK. 3 The pie charts compare the proportion of carbohydrates, protein and fat in three different diets, namely an average diet, a healthy diet4, and a healthy diet for sport. 4 The table shows percentages of consumer expenditure for three categories of products and services in five countries in 2002. 5

The flow chart shows how waste paper is recycled. It is clear that there are six distinct stages in this process, from the initial collection of waste paper to the eventual production of usable paper.

6 The map shows the growth of a village called Chorleywood between 1868 and 1994.

219

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOW TO WRITE AN OVERVIEW 1. Exercise 1 Dynamic charts:

Static charts:

2. Exercise 4 Analysis: The car is the most popular means of transport. The numbers of UK commuters travelling by car and train increase gradually. The number of bus users falls steadily. Overview: It is clear that the car is by far the most popular means of transport for UK commuters throughout the period shown. Also, while the numbers of people who use the car and train increase gradually, the number of bus users falls steadily. 3. Exercise 5 220

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Analysis: The number of visitors to MET-New York and National-China museums increased over a 5- year period. The figure for visitors to Edo-Tokyo museum saw a significant decrease. National had the lowest number at the beginning of period but it was the most popular museum in 2005. Overview: Overall, it is clear that there were upward trends in the number of visitors to MET-New York and National-China museums over a 5-year period, while the figure for the visitors to Edo-Tokyo museum saw a significant decrease. Another noticeable point is that National was the most popular museum in 2005, although it had the lowest figure of three museums at the beginning of the period. 4. Exercise 6 Analysis: USA has achieved the highest number of Olympic medals. The figures for gold, silver and bronze medals won by the other countries has been similar. Overview: It is clear that the USA is by far the most successful Olympic medal winning nation. It is also noticeable that the figures for gold, silver and bronze medals won by any particular country tend to be fairly similar. 5. Exercise 7 A. Both options are used to describe features It is clear that overall customer satisfaction increased considerably from 2005 to 2010 [option b: the satisfactory slice became bigger]. While most hotel guests rated customer service as satisfactory or poor in 2005, a clear majority described the hotel’s service as good or excellent in 2010 [option a]. B. Option a 6. Exercise 8 Overview: Overall, oil constituted the main source of energy production in both years, while hydroelectric power produced the least energy. There was a slight decrease in production from oil and natural gas, whereas an increase can be seen in the figures for coal and nuclear power. 7. Exercise 9

221

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Analysis: The majority of household income in five countries are spent on Food, drink and Housing. Clothing and Entertainment constituted the less percentage of household income. Overview: Overall, it is evident that all five countries spend the majority of their income on food and drink and housing, but much less on clothing and entertainment.

HOMEWORK 1 Both immigration and emigration rates rose over the period shown, but the figures for immigration were significantly higher. Net migration peaked in 2004 and 2007. 2 It is clear that the total amount of acid rain emissions in the UK considerably fell between 1990 and 2007. The most dramatic decrease was seen in the electricity, gas and water supply sector. 3 It is noticeable that sportspeople require a diet comprising a significantly higher proportion of carbohydrates than an average diet or a healthy diet. The average diet contains the lowest percentage of carbohydrates but the highest proportion of protein. 4 It is clear that people in the UK spend more time sleeping than doing any other daily activity. Also, there are significant differences between the time spent by men and women on employment/study and housework. 5 It is clear that there are six distinct stages in this process, from the initial collection of waste paper to the eventual production of usable paper. 6 Overall, local calls were the most popular over the whole period, with national and international calls and calls on mobiles second and third respectively. However, the number of minutes spent on international and national calls and mobiles both increased over the period; with mobile minutes increasing dramatically, thus narrowing the gap between the three categories by 2002. 7 It is clear that there were more women than men in the drama, painting and languages classes, while in sculpture class men participants outnumbered the women. It can also be seen that the majority of the students were the senior people (aged 50 years and above), while the lowest was those whose aged below 20 years.

222

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT DYNAMIC CHARTS 1. Exercise 1 Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

Verbs to describe

increases

decreases

big increases

big decreases

Went up, grew,

Declined, decreased,

Doubled, jumped,

Halved, plummeted,

improved, increased,

dropped, fell, went

rocketed, shot up,

plunged

rose

down

soared, surged

2. Exercise 2 1

Dramatically

2

Slightly, marginally, negligibly

3

Significantly, considerably

4

Sharply, rapidly

5

Gradually

6

Remarkably, strikingly

7

Steadily

3. Exercise 3 1

Rose gradually

2

Increase suddenly/rapidly/sharply

3

Fell gradually

4

Went down slightly

5

Grow significantly/ considerably

4. Exercise 4 2

a fall

10 a plunge

3

a leveling-off

11 a decrease

4

a decline

12 a dip

5

a soar

13 a recovery

6

a plummet

14 a jump

7

an increase

15 a surge

8

a drop

16 growth

9

a fluctuation

223

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

5. Exercise 5 1

Dramatic

2

Steady

3

Considerable

4

Negligible

5

Remarkable

6

Gradual

7

Continual

8

Significant

6. Exercise 6 Suggested answers 1

There was a slight decline in the proportion of elderly people in Japan.

2

The figure saw a sudden increase.

3

There was a gradual rise in the percentage of elderly people in USA.

4

The figure saw a continual growth.

5

There was a marginal fall.

7. Exercise 7 Suggested answers A Car sales dropped dramatically between 1960 and 2010 There was a dramatic drop in car sales between 1960 and 2010 B Car sales rocketed to a high of 105,000$ in 1975 Car sales saw a soar from 1960 to 1970 C Car sales went down gradually over a 50-year period. The data observed a gradual decline in car sales over a 50-year period. D The figure fluctuated wildly between 1960 and 2010. The figure witnessed a wild fluctuation between 1960 and 2010. E The figure increased negligibly from 1960 to 2010 There was a negligible increase from 1960 to 2010 F The data varied considerably from 1960 to 2010 The data witnessed a considerable variation from 1960 to 2010 G Cases of polio dropped steadily between 1960 and 2010 There was a steady drop in cases of polio between 1960 and 2010 H The data leveled off at 50 during the whole period The data witnessed a leveling off at 50 during the whole period 224

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

I

Cases of polio fluctuated mildly from 1960 to 2010 There was a mild fluctuation from 1960 to 2010

J

The figure remained unchanged at 50 but it fluctuated during the 2000s The figure witnessed a stability at 50.

8. Exercise 8 1

From

12

Of

2

To

13

At

3

Between

14

In

4

And

15

At

5

At

16

At

6

In

17

In

7

Between

18

From

8

And

19

To

9

Of

20

By

10 To

21

during

11 By 9. Exercise 9 1

From 1990 to 2000, there was a drop to 15%

2

GM car sales peaked at 2,000 in 1999.

3

The chart shows a decline of 35% in the bird population.

4

There has been a significant increase in the number of people aged over eighty.

5

There have been dramatic cuts in the level of spending on the elderly, reaching a low of 11%.

6

Profits rose from a low of 4.5 million to a high of 8 million in 2008.

7

Canada and Australia’s wheat exports fluctuated between 5 million and 6 million respectively.

8

There were significant improvements in healthcare in 1980.

9

The statistics show a reduction of 20% in energy costs as a result of the measures.

10 Profits fell by 10% from 2,000 to 1,800 in 1970s. 11 The radio station experienced a fall of 36,000 listeners to a total audience of 2.1 million. 12 The number of students fell to a low of 1,500 in the second half of the year.

225

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

13 Cases of AIDS shot up from 2,400 in 1996 to 4,000 in 2004. 14 Demand reached a peak of 45,000 in early March. 15 The number of cars sold remained unchanged in 1999 at three million. 16 Students do between three and four hours homework a night. 17 The number of accidents in 1999 was slightly higher than that of 2000. 18 The figure rose steadily in the four years between 1997 and 2001. 19 Oil production rose dramatically at first but then leveled out at 70$ a barrel. 20 There was an increase in 50,000 between 1990 and 1992. 10. Exercise 10 Reached Were Rose to Was Was Used 11. Exercise 11

1

Have used

2

Has increased

3

Rose

4

Has risen

5

Was

6

Have overtaken

7

Has grown ; occurred

PRACTICE [Model answer] In 1990, around 3.3 million tones of acid rain emissions came from the electricity, gas and water sector. The transport and communication sector was responsible for about 0.7 million tones of emissions, while the domestic sector produced around 0.6 million tones. Just over 2 million tones of acid rain gases came from other industries. Emissions from electricity, gas and water supply fell dramatically to only 0.5 million tones in 2007, a drop of almost 3 million tones. While acid rain gases from the domestic sector and other industries fell gradually, the transport sector saw a small increase in emissions, reaching a peak of 1 million tones in 2005.

226

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOMEWORK [Model answer] 1. In 1999, over 450,000 people came to live in the UK, while the number of people who emigrated stood at just under 300,000. The figure for net migration was around 160,000, and it remained at a similar level until 2003. From 1999 to 2004, the immigration rate rose by nearly 150,000 people, but there was a much smaller rise in emigration. Net migration peaked at almost 250,000 people in 2004. After 2004, the rate of immigration remained high, but the number of people emigrating fluctuated. Emigration fell suddenly in 2007, before peaking at about 420,000 people in 2008. As a result, the net migration figure rose to around 240,000 in 2007, but fell back to around 160,000 in 2008. 2. In 1999, the proportion of people using the Internet in the USA was about 20%. The figures for Canada and Mexico were lower, at about 10% and 5% respectively. In 2005, Internet usage in both the USA and Canada rose to around 70% of the population, while the figure for Mexico reached just over 25%. By 2009, the percentage of Internet users was highest in Canada. Almost 100% of Canadians used the Internet, compared to about 80% of Americans and only 40% of Mexicans. 3. The most striking feature is that there was a significant rise in the percentage who rated for electronic resources. It started off at 45% in 2000, rose to 72% in 2005 and finally the figure almost doubled in 2010 than 2000. From 2000 to 2010, there were fluctuations in the percentage of students who gave a good rate for the teaching quality, print resources and also the range of modules offered. However, the modules offered by the university had a lower percentage of good ratings in 2010 than in 2000, the reverse was true for the other two aspects. It is interesting to note that the building and teaching facilities remained constant in its percentage of good ratings by the students over the given period which was 77.

227

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. In each of the years shown on the chart, close to 60% of people in the US ate in fast food restaurants between once and four times a month. Roughly 15 to 20% of Americans common eating in fast food outlets several times per week, while 3 to 4% of people ate in these outlets daily. At the other end of the scale, around 4% of people avoided fast food restaurants completely. Between 2006 and 2013, the total proportion of Americans who ate in fast food establishments either once a week or several times a week fell by almost 10%. At the same time, there was an increase of around 8% in the ‘once or twice a month’ category. In other words, the weekly fast food habit that was reported in 2003 and 2006 became a monthly or twice monthly habit in 2013.

228

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOW TO WRITE ABOUT STATIC CHARTS 1. Exercise 1 Comparative -er

more/less

Superlative The + adjective +

The most/ the least

-est/-iest

+ adjective

Busier

More comfortable

The busiest

The most comfortable

Cheaper

More common

The cheapest

The least common

Easier

Less crowded

The easiest

The most crowded

Further/farther More dangerous

The furthest/farthest

The most dangerous

Faster

More difficult

The fastest

The most difficult

Better

Less economical

The best

The least economical

Healthier

Less expensive

The healthiest

The least expensive

Higher

More healthy

The highest

The most healthy

Noisier

More intelligent

The noisiest

The most intelligent

Quieter

Less intelligent

The quietest

The most interesting

Taller

Less interesting

The tallest

The least popular

Better-paid

More popular

The best-paid

The most successful

More successful

The most useful

Less useful More/less well paid 2. Exercise 4 1

Coffee in the UK is much more expensive than in France

2

The cost of a coffee in Spain is slightly cheaper than in France.

3

The cost of a coffee in Spain is much higher than in Portugal.

4

Coffee in Latvia is cheaper than in Portugal.

5

The cost of coffee in France is much more expensive than in Latvia.

3. Exercise 5 1

The UK

2

France; £2

3

Spain; most expensive; £1.90

4

most expensive; in Portugal; at £1

5

expensive coffee is in Latvia, at just 35p. 229

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. Exercise 6 The Fratton Road library was not as busy as the one in Commercial Road in March 5. Exercise 7 1

French fries are not as expensive as hamburgers.

2

Majorca is not as hot as Castellon.

3

Northern trains are not as fast as southern trains.

6. Exercise 8 Suggested answer 1

Science is not as popular as physical education.

2

English is not as popular as technology.

3

Mathematics is not as popular as science.

7. Exercise 9 1

Crooners plc was not as successful as Monster Hits Records in 1990

2

The name Peter was not as popular as the name James in 2000

3

A night in a hotel in Paris is not as expensive as a night in a Zurich hotel.

4

The temperature in Rawai Island was not as high as in Phuket.

8. Exercise 10 1

b

as opposed to

2

a

whereas

b

compared to

9. Exercise 12 1

Just 10% of first-time buyers said they needed a garage, as opposed to 30% who said a large kitchen was necessary.

2

Just 10% of first-time buyers said they needed a garage, whereas 30% who said a large kitchen was necessary.

10. Exercise 13 1

Five hundred people owned a dog, while 250 has a fish as a pet

2

A meal at Rosie’s costs £20, as opposed to dinner at Sloppy Joe’s, which costs just £5

3

Fifteen per cent of people aged between 18 and 30 said they visited Barcelona for the nightlife, compared to 75% who said they went for the architecture.

4

The majority of doctors said they found their jobs satisfying, whereas less than a quarter of politicians said they felt content.

230

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

11. Exercise 14 1

least

2

lowest

3

biggest

4

far more

5

however

6

nearly the same

7

than

8

times more

9

While

10 just under 12. Exercise 15 1

Oil production in Saudi Arabia fell significantly to 270 million barrels a year. The amount of oil produced in Saudi Arabia fell significantly to 270 million barrels a year. Saudi Arabia's oil production fell significantly to 270 million barrels a year.

2

2000 to 2010 saw the number of DVDs purchased drop from 70% to 60%. 2000 to 2010 saw the purchase of DVDs drop from 70% to 60%.

3

Emissions from electricity, gas and water supply fell dramatically to only 0.5 million tones in 2007.

4

Overall, both immigration and emigration rates rose between 1999 and 2008.

5

The number of people who used the Internet increased in each country over the period shown.

6

The biggest change was seen in the proportion of households without a car.

7

Consumer spending on food, drinks and tobacco was noticeably higher in Turkey.

8

From 1980 to 1990, the number of scientists and technicians in industrialized countries almost doubled to about 70 per 1000 people.

9

The percentage of household water use in South America was higher than those in other parts of the world.

10 The cost of an average home in Madrid rose by a further 2%.

231

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

13. Exercise 16 1

“other methods such as radio and print are used less in comparison with the UK” “while in the UK over a third of people access the news online, in Brazil the figure is more than half.” “over twice as many people read the news in print in the former, compared with the latter. “ “listening to the news on the radio is preferred by three times more people in the UK than in Brazil”

2

…the most prominent features of …

3

Overall; while; in comparison with; compared with; Similarly;

4

X

5

over a third of people; two fifths of the UK population

PRACTICE Out of the five countries, consumer spending on food, drinks and tobacco was noticeably higher in Turkey, at 32.14%, and Ireland, at nearly 29%. The proportion of spending on leisure and education was also highest in Turkey, at 4.35%, while expenditure on clothing and footwear was significantly higher in Italy, at 9%, than in any of the other countries. It can be seen that Sweden had the lowest percentages of national consumer expenditure for food/drinks/tobacco and for clothing/footwear, at nearly 16% and just over 5% respectively. Spain had slightly higher figures for these categories, but the lowest figure for leisure/education, at only 1.98%.

HOMEWORK 1 Carbohydrates make up 60% of the healthy diet for sport. This is 10% higher than the proportion of carbohydrates in a normal healthy diet, and 20% more than the proportion in an average diet. On the other hand, people who eat an average diet consume a greater relative amount of protein (40%) than those who eat a healthy diet (30%) and sportspeople (25%). The third compound shown in the charts is fat. Fat constitutes exactly one fifth of both the average diet and the healthy diet, but the figure drops to only 15% for the healthy sports diet.

2

232

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Overall, 11% of Australians, or 1,837,000 people, were living in poverty in 1999. Aged people were the least likely to be poor, with poverty levels of 6% and 4% for single aged people and aged couples respectively. Just over one fifth of single parents were living in poverty, whereas only 12% of parents living with a partner were classed as poor. The same pattern can be seen for people with no children: while 19% of single people in this group were living below the poverty line, the figure for couples was much lower, at only 7%. 3 In terms of cars, people in the UK spent about £450,000 on this as opposed to the French at £400,000. Similarly, the British expenditure was higher on books than the French (around £400,000 and £300,000 respectively). In the UK, expenditure on cameras (just over £350,000) was over double that of France, which was only £150,000. On the other hand, the amount of money paid out on the remaining goods was higher in France. Above £350,000 was spent by the French on computers which was slightly more than the British who spent exactly £350,000. Neither of the countries spent much on perfume which accounted for £200,000 of expenditure in France but under £150,000 in the UK. 4 The USA has won a total of around 2,300 Olympic medals, including approximately 900 gold medals, 750 silver and 650 bronze. In second place on the all-time medals chart is the Soviet Union, with just over 1,000 medals. Again, the number of gold medals won by this country is slightly higher than the number of silver or bronze medals. Only four other countries - the UK, France, Germany and Italy - have won more than 500 Olympic medals, all with similar proportions of each medal colour. Apart from the USA and the Soviet Union, China is the only other country with a noticeably higher proportion of gold medals (about 200) compared to silver and bronze (about 100 each).

233

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

PLANNING 1. Exercise 1: Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view? Opinion essay 2. Exercise 2 1. “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” This is an Opinion type of essay, then the structure should be: •

Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion (I totally agree).

•

Body 1: Negatives of being a celebrity.

•

Body 2: Benefits of being a celebrity.

•

Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion.

2. “With a fast pace of modern life more and more people are turning towards fast food for their main meals. Do you think the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?” This is a Discussion and Opinion type of essay, then the structure should be: •

Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion (Yes).

•

Body 1: Disadvantages of eating fast food.

•

Body 2: There are more advantages of eating fast food.

•

Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion.

3. “Nowadays the way many people interact with each other has changed because of technology. In what ways has technology affected the types of relationships that people make? Has this been a positive or negative development?” This is a 2-part Question type of essay, then the structure should be: •

Introduction: Paraphrase the topic

•

Body 1: The effects of technology on human’s relationships.

•

Body 2: In my opinion, it is a positive development.

•

Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic.

.

4. “More and more people are migrating to cities in search of a better life, but city life can be extremely difficult. Explain some of the difficulties of living in a city. How can governments make urban life better for everyone?”

234

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

This is a Problems and Solutions type of essay, then the structure should be: •

Introduction: Paraphrase the topic.

•

Body 1: Difficulties of living in a city.

•

Body 2: Some possible solutions that governments can make.

•

Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic.

5. “Some people believe that studying at university or college is the best route to a successful career, while others believe that it is better to get a job straight after school. Discuss both views.” Below is a suggested structure for Discussion essay: •

Introduction: Paraphrase the topic.

•

Body 1: Benefits of studying at universities.

•

Body 2: Advantages of getting a job straight after school.

•

Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic.

3. Exercise 3: “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” Body 1- Drawbacks

1

Few of fans are crazy about the celebrity

Ex: Famous people may receive letters by their fans’ blood, annoying calls or being stalked by strangers.

2 This is not an easy job Because: They have to continuously perform well otherwise some fans would harm them. Ex: When the Indian cricket team did not perform well in one of the matches, their fans broke the cricketers’ houses.

Body 2 - Benefits

1 They earn high income. Ex: A supermodel earns more than a school teacher.

2 Anyone can become a celebrity. Because: No academic degree is required to become a film star or a sportsperson.

3 They travel a lot. Ex: The film stars get a chance to shoot in foreign countries or play in different locations

235

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

PRACTICE “Some people think that all teenagers should be required to do unpaid work in their free time to help the local community. They believe this would benefit both the individual teenager and society as a whole. Do you agree or disagree?”  I do not agree with this statement. Body 2 – For society

Body 1- For students

1

Most young people are already under enough pressure with their studies.

Because: School is just as demanding as a fulltime job, and teachers expect their students to do homework and exam revision every day.

2

1

This can only lead to resentment amongst young people and their parents.

Because: It goes against the values of a free and fair society to force a group of people to do something against their will.

Students should enjoy their free time by doing sports and other leisure activities.

Because: hey have many years of work ahead of them when they finish their studies.

HOMEWORK 1. “A growing number of people feel that animals should not be exploited by people and that they should have the same rights as humans, while others argue that humans must employ animals to satisfy their various needs, including uses for food and research. Discuss both views and give your opinion.”  I do not agree with this idea.

Body 1 (Benefits of the exploitation of animals)

Body 2 (It’s disadavantages)

236

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

1

If experimenting on animals is to find

cures

for

diseases,

it’s

1

acceptable.

Animals feel as much pain as humans do, and they suffer when they are kept in cages for long periods.

Because: Humans are the most important

beings on the planet, and everything must be Ex: It has been shown on numerous occasions done to ensure human survival.

2

by secret filming in laboratories via animal

If we have to kill animals for food or rights groups. other uses, then this is morally acceptable.

2

Having to kill animals for food is not an adequate argument.

Because: It is believed by some that animals Because: Humans can get all the nutrients do not feel pain or loss as humans do.

and vitamins that they need from green

Ex: When the Indian cricket team did not vegetables and fruit. perform well in one of the matches, their fans broke the cricketers’ houses.

2. “Explain some of the ways in which humans are damaging the environment. What can governments do to address these problems? What can individual people do?” Body 2 - Governments

Body 1 – Human’s effects Air pollution. Because: Gas emissions and

1

1

They should introduce laws to limit emissions

Body 3 - People

1

They can take public transport rather

exhaust fumes lead to global

from factories or to

than driving, choose

warming, which may have a

force companies to use

products with less

devastating effect on the

renewable energy from

packaging,

planet in the future.

solar, wind or water

recycle as much as

2 Waste.

power.

possible.

Because:

As

the

human

population increases, we are also producing ever greater

2

and

They could also impose ‘green taxes’ on drivers and airline companies.

quantities of waste, which

237

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

contaminates the earth and

Because: People would be

pollutes rivers and oceans.

encouraged

to

use

public

transport and to take fewer flights

abroad,

therefore

reducing emissions. 3. “Universities should accept equal numbers of male and female students in every subject. To what extent do you agree or disagree?”  I do not agree. Body 2 (Against)

Body 1 (For)

1

Both men and women can become successful in every field.

1

devoted their whole life to the betterment of the world. Many famous chefs are male like Gordon Ramsay, etc.

and women on all degree courses is simply unrealistic.

Ex: We cannot deny the contribution of Mother Teresa and Madam Merry Currie who have

Having the same number of men

Because: Many courses are more popular with one gender than the other, and it would not be practical to aim for equal proportions.

2

It would be unfair to base admission to university courses on gender.

Because: Universities should continue to select the best candidates for each course according to their qualifications.

4. “Completing university education is thought by some to be the best way to get a good job. On the other hand, other people think that getting experience and developing soft skills is more important. Discuss both sides.”  In my opinion, degrees are more important than experience and soft skills.

238

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Body 2 (Degrees)

Body 1 (Experience and soft skills) In many industries employers will

1

1

only hire people who have previous work experience in the same sector.

It is not possible to work without adequate knowledge and training.

Because:

Jobs

have

become

more

Because: They can eliminate the costs complicated these days. Most jobs that offer involved in training new employees.

2

good salaries actually belong to this category

An employee requires good

Ex: A person cannot practice as a doctor or an

interpersonal skills.

advocate without getting a degree in medicine or law.

Because:

In

this

age

of

globalization

Nowadays, universities impart

businesses operate from multiple locations

2

from across the globe.

much more than theoretical knowledge.

Because: They conduct workshops to give students hands-on experience. University life also provides students opportunities to improve their communication skills. 5. “Many offenders commit more crimes after serving the first punishment. Why is this happening, and what measures can be taken to tackle this problem?”

1

Body 1

Body 2

(Reasons)

(Measures)

The prison system can make the situation worse.

1

and exchange information or plan crimes with other inmates.

2

Offenders often do not have any other means of earning money.

should

rehabilitation of

focus

on

criminals and

providing vocational training

Because: Criminals put together in prison and they make friends with other offenders

Governments

rather than punishment. Ex: Practical skills such as computer programming, car maintenance and graphic design.

2

Community service is another way to reform offenders.

239

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Because: They are poor, uneducated and

Because: These activities would eliminate

lacking skills needed to maintain a job.

the negative influence that prisons can have.

3

A criminal record makes finding a

Ex: Offenders can help society by planting

job difficult.

trees, building public infrastructure,…

Because: People usually avoid hiring exconvict.

240

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

INTRODUCTION 1. Exercise 1 1f

2i

3b

4c

5g

6d

7h

8a

9e

2. Exercise 2 1

Water is important for creatures’ lives.

2

This trend brings not only benefits but also negative effects.

3

People should use public vehicles to let the pollution reduce.

4

Vietnamese is the most difficult language to learn.

5

A number of people enjoy doing physical activities as their leisure.

3. Exercise 3 1

Failing to have a balanced diet and regular exercise, a lot of people are unfit.

2

The authority needs to implement a lot of measures so as to deal with this problem.

3

She decides not to go to school because it rains.

4

Many people choose to cycle because this type of transport is not harmful for the environment like others.

5

She missed the bus because of being late.

4. Exercise 4 1

People have been replaced by technological advances in the workforce.

2

Developing countries should be supported by developed ones.

3

A number of people’s houses were destroyed by a tornado.

4

The citizens’ health condition should be improved by governments.

5

These days, trees are cut down more than ever before.

5. Exercise 5 1

Nowadays, offenders are behaving more violently.

2

The level of crime has witnessed a noticeable increase in different ways.

3

I hope that leaners will use this material.

4

The police staff investigated the robbery.

5

Watching a film may bring people a sense of excitement and satisfaction.

6. Exercise 6 1

It is beneficial to people’s health to eat vegetables.

2

It is believed that children should be taught by their parents to be good members of society.

3

There are a lot of benefits of planting trees for people’s life.

4

It is great to live in a peaceful and natural place.

5

There are a lot of actions that governments could take to solve the pollution. 241

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

7. Exercise 7 1

The weather forecast says it will be rarely winless and sunny over the next few days.

2

The quality of your printed documents will be ensured if you do not use cheap paper and discount ink.

3

Many people are unfit because they consume unhealthy food and do not exercise.

4

Students are not expected to be noisy and disobedient in the classroom.

8. Exercise 8 1

Looking at the unemployment due to machines, many firms are reliant on advanced technology. Such things like automated machines produce goods in lesser time without compromising quality.

2

Recent analysis by Indian employment organization has been conducted to find the reason behind workers being fired. They have found that employment of one machine is replacing five workers on average in many giant industries.

3

A tornado destroyed many people’s houses and killed at least 24 people, including children.

4

Governments should improve the health condition of all citizens by providing free nursing services for elderly people.

5

If people continue to cut trees more than in the past then one day will surely come when there will be no trees left with us.

9. Exercise 9 a. Totally agree “Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. To what extent do you agree with this view?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Opinion. - Statement: Being a celebrity, there are benefits as well as problems to be faced in the society. - Question: To what extent do you agree with this view? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Being a celebrity = becoming famous - Benefits = advantages - Problems = negative impacts - Society = community  Sentence 1: It is believed that there are various advantages and negative impacts that a person has to face when becoming famous in the community. 242

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: Answer the question:  Sentence 2: I totally agree with this statement. b. Totally disagree. “Some people think that all teenagers should be required to do unpaid work in their free time to help the local community. They believe this would benefit both the individual teenager and society as a whole. Do you agree or disagree?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Opinion - Statement: Some people think that all teenagers should be required to do unpaid work in their free time to help the local community. They believe this would benefit both the individual teenager and society as a whole. - Question: Do you agree or disagree? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Think = believe - Teenagers = adolescents - Unpaid work = voluntary work - Help = support - Free time = spare time - Benefit = beneficial to  Sentence 1: It is widely believed that all adolescent should be required to do voluntary work to support the society in their spare time because this would be beneficial to both the community and teenagers. Step 3: Answer the question:  Sentence 2: I personally disagree with this argument. c. Agree or disagree to some extent “We cannot help everyone in the world that needs help, so we should only be concerned with our own communities and countries. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Opinion - Statement: We cannot help everyone in the world that needs help, so we should only be concerned with our own communities and countries. - Question: To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?

243

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Help = support = contribute to - Everyone that needs help = unfortunate people - In the world = on this planet - Cannot = impossible  Sentence 1: It is believed that people should concentrate on contributing to their communities instead of supporting all unfortunate people on this planet because it is impossible. Step 3: Answer the question: Sentence 2: I partly agree with this statement. 10. Exercise 10 “Some people believe that media should be allowed to publish information about the private lives of famous people. Others say that everybody has a right to privacy and this practice must be controlled or even stopped. Discuss both views.” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Discussion. - Statement: Some people believe that media should be allowed to publish information about the private lives of famous people. Others say that everybody has a right to privacy and this practice must be controlled or even stopped. - Question: Discuss both views. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Media = mass media - Famous people = celebrities - A right to privacy = private lives must be protected - Be controlled = be under control  Sentence 1: Nowadays, mass media has been increasingly popular with modern life. Step 3: State your main idea:  Sentence 2: While it is widely believe that the private information of celebrities should be allowed to publish by media, I am in the opinion that people’s private lives must be protected and this reality must be under control. 11. Exercise 11 “Some people think that it is best to live in a horizontal city while others think of a vertical city. Discuss both views and give your opinion.”

244

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Discussion + Opinion - Statement: Some people think that it is best to live in a horizontal city while others think of a vertical city. - Question: Discuss both views and give your opinion. Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Horizontal city = a city which consist of low-rise construction - Vertical city = city with skyscrapers and high-rise buildings - Live = settle = dwell  Sentence 1: Some people believe that living in a horizontal city is the best, while the opponents of this idea prefer to settle in a vertical city. Step 3: Answer the question:  Sentence 2: While there are benefits to residents who dwell in a city which consists of lowrise construction, I would argue that cities with skyscrapers and high-rise buildings offer more advantages. (ieltsmaterial.com)

12. Exercise 12 “Global warming is one of the biggest threats humans face in the 21st Century and sea levels are continuing to rise at alarming rates. What problems are associated with this and what are some possible solutions?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: Problems and Solutions - Statement: Global warming is one of the biggest threats humans face in the 21st Century and sea levels are continuing to rise at alarming rates. - Question: What problems are associated with this and what are some possible solutions? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Global warming = climate change - One of the biggest threats = among the principal dangers - Humans = people - 21st century = this century - Sea levels = ocean levels - At alarming rates = dramatically - Possible = viable  Sentence 1: Climate change is among the principal dangers facing people this century and ocean levels are increasing dramatically. 245

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 3: State the main idea:  Sentence 2: This essay will first suggest that the biggest problem caused by this phenomenon is the flooding of homes and then submit building flood protection as the most viable solution. (ieltsplanet.info)

13. Exercise 13 “It is often said “when in Rome, do as the Romans do.” Do you think people should adapt and accept the culture of the country they visit? Do you think it is possible to learn a culture without learning the language?” Step 1: Identifying - Task type: 2-part question - Statement: It is often said “when in Rome, do as the Romans do.” - Question: Do you think people should adapt and accept the culture of the country they visit? Do you think it is possible to learn a culture without learning the language? Step 2: Paraphrase the statement: - Should = adapt - The culture of the country that visit = its local culture - Learn a culture = gain deeper understanding of foreign cultures - The language = the native languages  Sentence 1: Some people believe that tourists visiting another country ought to adapt to its local culture. Step 3: Answer the question:  Sentence 2: I certainly agree with this view as following local culture shows respect towards it. Also, I believe that people cannot gain deeper understanding of foreign cultures without learning the native languages. (ieltspractice.org)

PRACTICE 1. a The period of last 20 years experienced a great change in the social status of women. b There is a noticeable change in different ways in the crime rate. c

Learning a foreign language is not difficult for children.

d There are a large range of detrimental impacts that smoking creates for people’s health. e While travelling in big urban areas, people have to face traffic problems.

246

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2. Another issue that should be thought about/taken into consideration is that lack of exercise adds to obesity. Due to leading a busy life and pressures at work, many citizens are just too exhausted to go to the gym or take part in a recreation club. For example, after a tough day at work, many people as opposed to just come home and sit in front of the TV and on weekends go out with friends. When people do have free time or a holiday they would rather relax and recover. 3. a. “Some people say that the best way to improve public health is by increasing the number of sports facilities. Others, however, say that this would have little effect on public health and that other measures are required. Discuss both views.” - Best = the most optimal - Improve = enhance - Public health = citizens’ health - Increasing = raising - Sport facilities = facilities for sports - Others = other people - However = nevertheless b. “Some people think that there is a great influence of news media on people’s lives and this is a negative development. Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give your opinion and relevant examples.” - Think = believe - There is a great influence = influence significantly - Is a negative development = leaves some bad effects c. “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their levels of health and fitness are decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” - Countries = nations - Increasing = raising - Decreasing = dropping - Causes = reasons - Problems = issues - Measures = methods - Solve = resolve 247

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

d. “Art and music are considered some of the fundamental elements of society. Do you think art and music still have a place in today’s modern world of technology? Should children spend more time learning art and music at school?” - Considered = thought about as - Fundamental = essential - Elements = factors - Have a place = should be respected - Learning = studying 4. a. “Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. What is your opinion?” These days, the amount of violence in media is growing. While some people argue that this trend will undoubtedly lead humans to dangerous future, others claim that it has no damaging effect on the society. I believe that in most cases media violence doesn't affect people's behavior. (ielts-up.com)

b. “Some people think that the best way to run a business is within the family. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a family run business?” In many parts of the world, businesses are owned and run by families. Its usual contributors include close relatives who handle the resources and finances of an organization. There are some benefits associated with a family business, but there are also some drawbacks associated with undertaking a business venture with the family. (ieltsband7.com)

c. “Some people think that they can learn better by themselves than with a teacher. Others think that it is always better to have a teacher. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” Some people think they are capable to study without a teacher, but some people even though they are capable, they want a teacher to guide them, keep a track on students’ performance for future development, boost them when they are nor performing well. Having good study materials, internet materials a student can think he/she won't need a teacher, but in my view develop step by step a teacher is needed. (testbig.com)

248

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

d. “The internet has transformed the way information is shared and consumed, but it has also created problems that did not exist before. What are the most serious problems associated with the internet and what solutions can you suggest?” The enormous growth in the use of the internet over the last decade has led to radical changes to the way that people consume and share information. Although serious problems have arisen as a result of this, there are solutions. (ieltsbuddy.com) e. “Some people believe that having a pet such as a cat or a dog helps old people to live a more enjoyable life and to stay healthier. How do you think old people benefit from having a pet? Do you think there are any problems related to old people who have pets?” Today people care more about the quality of older citizens’ life. A mass of people holds that having pets make a profound contribution to optimizing people health and making their life more delightful. Although this view has strong opinions, having pets can cause some drawbacks. (testbig.com)

HOMEWORK a. “Small businesses should avoid recruiting young women who do not have their own family in order to avoid paying maternity leave later on. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” According to some people, small businesses should not hire young women who are yet to have babies so as to prevent them from claiming maternity leave in future. I firmly disagree. This is unfair to young women who want to be independent and is against the concept of equal opportunity for all. (ieltspractice.org) b. “Some people think it is better for children to grow up in the city, while others think that life in the countryside is more suitable. Discuss both views.” Some people believe that it is better for children to grow up in the countryside than in a big city. However, other people think that a big city gives more opportunities and it is good for the long run. Personally, for several reasons I think that it is better for children to grow up in a city that offers numerous advantages. (ielts-mentor.com) c. “It is sometimes argued that too many students go to university, while others claim that a

249

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

university education should be a universal right. Discuss both sides of the argument and give your own opinion.” In developed countries, the number of students, who had graduated from the universities, is increasing every year. Critics, on the other hand, claim that many university courses are worthless and young people would be better off with gaining skills in the workforce. In this essay, I will examine the both sides of the arguments and try to reach a reasonable (testbig.com) Conclusion a. “An increasing number of professionals, such as doctors and teachers, are leaving their own poorer countries to work in developed countries. What are the causes of this problem? What solution can you suggest?” More and more professionals from developing or underdeveloped countries are choosing to live and work in richer countries. As a result, poorer countries will struggle to develop but this can be tackled by offering more incentives to stay and better living conditions. (ieltliz.com)

b. “It is predicted that robots are going to become increasingly important in our lives. How could robots be used in the future? Will this development be a positive or a negative development?” There is a general belief that robots will become an integral part of our lives in the real future. They can be deployed in a variety of environments. In my opinion, they will be largely beneficial to humanity. (ielts-practice.org)

250

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

BODY: OPINION, DISCUSSION 1. Exercise 1 a 1 - First 2 - Next 3 - Before 4 - at the same time b 1 - Firstly 2 - For example 3 - Secondly 4 - As a result 2. Exercise 2 a

It is easy to stay informed about current events since the Internet provides us with instant access to news.

b Many websites contain information that is not suitable for children. Therefore, parents should control how their children use the Internet. c

I would like to find a new job as soon as possible because my current job is boring and the salary is low.

d In most modern families, both parents work fulltime. As a result, parents don’t have enough opportunities to spend quality time with their children. e

Many people find small towns boring while others enjoy a small town’s slow pace of life.

f

Too many private cars on the roads lead to frequent traffic jams and high levels of air pollution.

g

There are several advantages to living in this neighborhood. For instance, it is close to two bus route.

h Electric cars don’t cause air pollution. In addition, they are easy and inexpensive to maintain. 3. Exercise 3 a

Many people suppose that settling in an urban area is more beneficial than living in a rural one.

b Planting trees is necessary to protect the environment. c

My smart phone is among the most modern devices that I possess. 251

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

d Climate change is taken into consideration as the most dangerous problem that humans have to face nowadays. e

Authorities are going to produce huge changes to the tax system.

4. Exercise 4 1

keep in touch with/keep in contact with

2

access to

3

as a way of communication

4

online meetings/virtual meetings

5

improved the quality of life

5. Exercise 5 1g 2c

3i

4h

5j

6b

7e

8d

9f

10a

6. Exercise 6 “After leaving school or university, young people should choose a job or career that they love, rather than one that pays the best salary. To what extent do you agree with this statement?”  PLANNING Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is an Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is an Opinion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion • Body 1: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with • Body 2: Discuss the side that you agree/disagree with • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion  My opinion: Agree. Step 3: Plan ideas

252

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Body 1

1

People

are

likely

Body 2 to

become

successful if they can work in their favourite profession.

1

The monetary factor plays an important role in defining the success of a person.

Explanation: Working in the area of interest Explanation: People with high-paid jobs are would give people a strong motivation and generally well-respected and regarded as determination to overcome many difficulties.

2

success.

It would be more enjoyable to work

Concession: Having a high paid job does not

for the desirable job.

guarantee a high job satisfaction while

Explanation:

People

would

feel

more

choosing the career of interest does.

motivated to work hard as well as strike to develop and sharpen their skills, Example: Reports have shown that people who work for their favourite profession are likely to feel happier.  Body 1: Topic sentence: Following the career of interest is very essential for students. Idea 1: Firstly, people are likely to become successful if they can work in their favourite profession. Explanation for idea 1: It is because working in the area of interest would give people a strong motivation and determination to overcome many difficulties, which are main factors to success. Idea 2: Secondly, it would be more enjoyable to work for the desirable job. Explanation for idea 2: People would feel more motivated to work hard as well as strike to develop and sharpen their skills, leading to more a meaningful life. Example for idea 2: Reports have shown that people who work for their favourite profession are likely to feel happier compared to people who choose to work for other reasons.

253

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

 Body 2: Topic sentence: Nevertheless, some people insist that choosing the well-paid job is a better option. Idea 1: Their belief is that the monetary factor plays an important role in defining the success of a person. Explanation for idea 1: People with high-paid jobs are generally well-respected and regarded as success. Concession: However, unlike the choice of following the profession of interest, having a high paid job does not guarantee a high job satisfaction. Furthermore, over the time, people who choose to follow their career of interest would make a high earning since companies would try to retain them with a higher salary an attractive incentives. 7. Exercise 7

(testbig.com)

“The development of tourism contributed to English becoming the most prominent language in the world. Some people think this will lead to English becoming the only language to be spoken globally. What are the advantages and disadvantages to having one language in the world?”  PLANNING Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a Discussion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Discuss one side • Body 2: Discuss the opposite side • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas

254

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Body 2 - Drawbacks

Body 1 - Benefits

1

All other languages and cultures

It would enable greater

1 would eventually disappear.

understanding between countries.

Explanation:

There

would

be

complete

understanding between all people in the world which would promote learning, the flow of information and ideas.

2 It would help economic growth.

Explanation: Each culture is unique with its own way of life and own perspectives of the world which would all be lost if there were only one language. It would result in the collapse of

2

Explanation: there will be less barriers and therefore

trade would flourish between

countries.

tourism.

Explanation: because there would be no reason to travel for pleasure and interest if all countries had the same language and similar cultures.

 Body 1: Idea 1: One evident benefit to having one global language is that it would enable greater understanding between countries. Explanation for idea 1: In other words, if everyone spoke one language, there would be complete understanding between not only countries but all people throughout the world which would promote learning, the flow of information and ideas. Idea 2: Another reason that one language would be advantageous is that it would help economic growth. Explanation for idea 2: With all people speaking the same language, there will be less barriers and therefore trade would flourish between countries, resulting in a healthier world economy.  Body 2: Topic sentence: On the other hand, there are obvious disadvantages to having only one global language. Idea 1: Firstly, it would mean that all other languages would eventually disappear and, along with them, their cultures. Explanation for idea 1: The diversity of cultures is one of the joys this world has to offer. Each culture is unique with its own way of life and own perspectives of the world which would all be lost if there were only one language.

255

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Idea 2: Secondly, it would result in the collapse of tourism Explanation for idea 2: because there would be no reason to travel for pleasure and interest if all countries had the same language and similar cultures. This would devastate many countries economically that rely on tourism as a source of income. (ieltsliz.com)

PRACTICE 1. “Computers are being used more and more in education and so there will soon be no role for the teacher in education? To what extent do you agree or disagree?” On the one hand, it cannot be denied that computers are an efficient teaching tool. Computers have enabled the application of Smart TV or projector’s presentations in classrooms. Teachers now can even get access to the Internet right during the class to provide students with updated information. A modern classroom where a laptop is put on the teacher’s desk, connected to a smart TV is not weird today. On the other hand, computers can hardly replace teachers in teaching. This is simply because they are purely machines that can never be compared to human beings’ intelligence and flexibility. Education always requires human mutual interact; and teaching is an art that can be created only by teachers, not by emotionless machines. Never can computers show emotions, namely happiness, anger, strictness, or encouragement, like teachers. Computers, however smart they are, can be only teachers’ production tool. Teachers, with their flexibility, can also differentiate learners’ levels, and thus applying appropriate teaching methods. (chuawritingmienphi.com)

2. “It is common practice for some students to take a gap year between high school and university in order to do charitable work abroad in underdeveloped countries. What are the advantages and disadvantages for young people of doing volunteer work?” Firstly, going abroad and doing things other than studying gives the youngsters an opportunity to break free from their usual workload and stress and therefore helps them to relax. It is a great opportunity to gather work experience that will definitely be helpful in later life. Furthermore, this first-hand experience of working with the underprivileged helps them see the picture of the world outside of their own comfortable life. Also they get to face real world challenges which help them develop empathy and become mature and responsible adults. In addition to that, the positive experience of working for people in need and making a positive change in their life boosts their confidence. All of these factors help them become a better and successful person in future. Regarding the disadvantages, the first challenge that these adolescents face after coming 256

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

back from the break is to adjust with the old routine and to concentrate on studies. The new experience usually affects their mind and changes their outlook towards life which in turn makes it harder for them to follow the regular university schedule or pursue higher studies. For example, a survey done by the University of Pompeu Fabre in Spain shows that 10% of the students who took one year break after high school never joined university. The rate is even higher among the students who took a longer break. To mitigate this problem the university has appointed a special counselor for these kids. (ielts-practice.org)

3. “Some people think that the best way to run a business is within the family. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a family run business?” On the one hand involving relatives in business at different levels has many advantages. The most important one is that family members are generally more dedicated to the common goals and they do not hesitate to sacrifice for achievement of the company targets. In addition, involvement of closed one in the business creates grounded and firm foundation for the company, also their presence around provides support, trust and comfort. For instance, people involved in the business know the consequences of their action on the business if they or their relatives own it and so they would choose themselves for cut off in case of recession. Furthermore, families are more lenient and forgiving when it comes to working hours, schedules and even mistakes. When family is involved, there is a leeway to work flexible or part time which in turn allow taking care of children, parents and other family members. For example, researches have proved that people working in their own office or workshop are more liberal about the work. Thus, kinsmen in company create a flexible environment with loyalty. On the other hand, there are some challenges to run business in family. The biggest difficulty is issue regarding succession which might causes conflicts in the relationship involved. This might occur if the older generation does not permit the young generation the needed room to develop and grow. For instance, if the elders of the family do not allow youngsters to take risks, they would never understand how to deal an emergency. Furthermore, business owner might prefer a relative for the job even though he or she does not have adequate skills for the position. This can deteriorate the business, and cause harmful ripples among the employees working hard to secure higher position. For example, no one denies that efficient employees would leave the company if they feel any kind of partiality. Thus, inappropriate referral without ability and clashes could affect the trade adversely. 257

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

(testbig.com)

4. “Governments should not have to provide care or financial support for elderly people because it is the responsibility of each person to prepare for retirement and support him or herself. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” On the one hand, many people think there are multifarious reasons why the government is not the only one who should be responsible for supporting the older generations. Firstly, they think, that if a working person save enough money, which can be utilized during their egregious times or during the retirement than, they do not have to be dependent on anyone. This would be an ideal situation, and obviously, these old people can live comfortably, even if the government does not provide them the financial support. Moreover, if younger generations take care of their parents during their retirement, than older citizens do not need any support from anyone. Furthermore, the regime of incipient countries struggle with funds as they need to take care of other indispensable infrastructures such as better health facilities, proper roads for travel, in addition, proper schooling. On the contrary, other people argue with these facts. As per their understanding, the regime should keep some budget from the overall welfare budget to help and support the elderly people, undeniably, every citizen of a nation during their young age had helped in establishing society for the better living by paying the sufficient tax. Furthermore, nowadays, due to the high-level competition, there are not ample of jobs available in the market and especially younger people are the first choice of these jobs, because of the better qualifications and superior skill sets. Consequently, the situation becomes worse for the senior citizens, as it becomes strenuous for them to survive without money and therefore, left with no option except taking the help from the government. (testbig.com)

5. “Some people think that a huge amount of time and money is spent on the protection of wild animals, and that this money could be better spent on the human population. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” The protection of wild animals must be high on the agenda of every individual citizen and government. Firstly, the red list of endangered species in increasing every year. If wildlife extinction continues, then humans may face an ecological crisis which impacts on their own survival. For example, if the practice of whaling is not halted, the ecosystems of our oceans will be altered forever, and this may affect fish stocks on which so many communities depend for a living. Secondly, protecting wild animals means protecting the 258

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

habitats in which they live, such as rainforests and wetlands. If habitat destruction is permitted, climate change will affect our capacity to produce food to sustain the growing human population. The formation of wildlife reserves not only protects wildlife, it also brings benefits to communities. In order to generate revenue for their management and to eliminate poaching, responsible ecotourism to observe animals in the wild can be developed further. This has been shown to create jobs in such places as the Serengeti National Park in Africa. The result is increased prosperity when local communities, especially in developing countries, are involved in the running of wildlife safaris, which attract visitors to the reserves. Thus, the application of intelligent strategies brings benefits for humans and wildlife. (ieltsmaterial.com)

HOMEWORK 1.

1 As a result,

2 Because

3 because

4 Moreover,

5 and

6 while

2. 1 “Some universities now offer their courses on the Internet so that people can study online. Is this a positive or negative development?” The key drawback of studying online courses is that students would have less interaction with professors and classmates. Whereas students can stand a good chance of being engaged in face-to-face conversations, seminars and group projects in traditional classrooms, those studying online courses are restricted to chatting via online platforms. As a result, these students would hardly have the opportunity to enhance their soft skills such as communication or teamwork skills that are vitally important for their future career. Furthermore, studying online means that learners would have less mentoring and peer support, which may lead to a lack of motivation and procrastination. Despite the above-mentioned drawbacks, I would argue that online university courses are a positive development. Firstly, given the flexibility of online courses, it is possible for students to schedule their own study progress and study whenever they want. Secondly, universities are likely to reduce the costs for equipment and facilities by introducing online courses. This amount of money could be invested in improving the quality of courses. Most importantly, the fact that universities offer online courses would provide more educational opportunities for students in remote areas where universities are not yet available. For example, many students in rural areas of Vietnam now can possibly 259

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

enroll on degree programs offered by American universities on Coursera or edX websites. In this way, an increasing number of students are able to gain knowledge regardless of geographical constraints. (forum.english.best)

2 “Some people think it is better for children to grow up in the city, while others think that life in the countryside is more suitable. Discuss both views.” Education plays a pivotal role in children life. Educational institutions in cities are equipped with modern teaching methods and facilities and have more qualified and trained professionals that help students substantially to improve their knowledge and information about the subject. Furthermore, the internet and mobile phone has become an essential constituent of children daily life and are more prevalent in cities. New technological advancement also helps children to achieve better grades by researching on the internet and by other positive use of these technologies. However, it is often seen that children in villages are healthier and less susceptible to illness. Some of the reasons are clean environment and absence of pollution in their area and vicinity. In addition to this, they are more interested in physical games and take parts in activities that demand hard work and strength thus help them to remain active and fit. (ielts-mentor.com)

3 “Foreign visitors should pay more than local visitors for cultural and historical attractions. To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?” The argument in favour of higher prices for foreign tourists would be that cultural or historical attractions often depend on state subsidies to keep them going, which means that the resident population already pays money to these sites through the tax system. However, I believe this to be a very shortsighted view. Foreign tourists contribute to the economy of the host country with the money they spend on a wide range of goods and services, including food, souvenirs, accommodation and travel. The governments and inhabitants of every country should be happy to subsidise important tourist sites and encourage people from the rest of the world to visit them. If travellers realised that they would have to pay more to visit historical and cultural attractions in a particular nation, they would perhaps decide not to go to that country on holiday. To take the UK as an example, the tourism industry and many related jobs rely on visitors coming to the country to see places like Windsor Castle or Saint Paul’s Cathedral. These two sites charge the same price regardless of nationality, and this helps to promote the nation’s cultural heritage. If overseas tourists stopped coming due to

260

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

higher prices, there would be a risk of insufficient funding for the maintenance of these important buildings. (ielts-simon.com)

4 “Some people think that strict punishments for driving offences are the key to reducing traffic accidents. Others, however, believe that other measures would be more effective in improving road safety. Discuss both these views.” On the one hand, people seem to abide by a law or rule when they know that violation would bring severe retribution. For instance, in some Asian countries pedestrians used to cross the roads and when a more rigid penalty has been imposed, those very people started using the underpass. From this perspective, strict penalty and fine can certainly improve the road safety as people would be more cautious and afraid of the consequence of the violation of the traffic laws. As an outcome, it is a fact that, the sterner the punishment, the greater chances that people would follow the rules. On the other hand, there are already severe punishments for driving offenders including ceasing the driving license, monetary fines and imprisonments. Despite this, the number of road accidents is increasing every year. This is why I believe that only punishment cannot ensure the road security and safety. A combination of other initiatives is also required. First, we need to aware people about the devastating consequences traffic rule violations can bring to our life. Second, the requirements for passing the driving test should be standardised and made more practical, especially in developing countries where people can use advantages of the corruption. It is often noticed that many young people are given driving license without scrutinising their experience and skills. This should be completely avoided and after a certain period, each driver should be retested. Third, unfit vehicles should not be allowed to run on the roads as these cars cause more accidents according to the recent Road Transport Authority report. Finally, the traffic system of a country should be modernised and more surveillance cameras and speed test cameras should be there. (ielts-mentor.com)

261

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

BODY: DISCUSSION & OPINION CAUSES/PROBLEMS & SOLUTIONS TWO-PART QUESTIONS 1. Exercise 1 “Some people think that computers and the Internet are more important for a child's education than going to school. But others believe that schools and teachers are essential for children to learn effectively. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.”  PLANNING Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a Discussion + Opinion essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Discussion + Opinion type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion • Body 1: Discuss the opposite side (that you do not support) • Body 2: State your opinion + Discuss the side that you agree with • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic + State your opinion  My opinion: I strongly believe that technology would not outweigh the important significance of schools. Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1 The

Body 2 Internet

would

provide

limitless opportunities for children.

1

Example: Children stay in remote areas as well

Teachers understand how to foster children by their numerous practical skills and experiences.

as disabled children can learn academic Explanation: They would follow every knowledge.

2

Children can learn whenever and wherever they want.

Example: They merely type key words on Google then collect what they want.

individual then teach students by proper methods for each.

2

Children can gain long-lasting friendships and helpful soft skills.

Expansion: All of them would support children to pursuit an ideal career path in the future.

262

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

 Body 1: Topic sentence: On the one hand, computers and the Internet bring about a number of advantages for children. Idea 1: Firstly, a variety of learning methods using the Internet including distance learning, online learning courses would provide limitless opportunities for children. Example for idea 1: Especially, for examples, boys and girls stay in remote areas as well as disabled children who cannot attend to classes, the Internet might give them a chance to learn academic knowledge. Idea 2: Secondly, with a computer accessing the Internet, children can learn whenever and wherever they want by exposing to a wide range of information from infinite resources. Explanation for idea 2: In our contemporary lives, students do not need to search for information in books, they merely type key words on Google then collect what they want.  Body 2: Topic sentence: On the other hand, teachers and schools might help children broaden their knowledge in the most effective way. Idea 1: To begin with, teachers understand how to foster children by their numerous practical skills and experiences. Explanation for idea 1: They would follow every individual then teach students by proper methods for each. Thus, children would have a holistic development in term of both physical and psychological way. Idea 2: More importantly, enrolling in schools offers children a social environment which assists them gain long-lasting friendships and helpful soft skills such as teamwork, leadership and communication skills. Expansion for idea 2: Along with professional subjects, all of them would support children to pursuit an ideal career path in the future. (testbig.com) 2. Exercise 2

“Consumers are faced with increasing numbers of advertisements from competing companies. To what extent do you think consumers are influenced by advertisements? What measures can be taken to protect them?”

 PLANNING 263

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a Problems and Solutions essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a Problems and Solutions type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Problems • Body 2: Solutions • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas Body 1 - Problems

1 A lot of adverts create artificial needs.

Body 2 - Solutions

1

The government should control advertising contents.

Explanation: Many people spent money to Explanation: This way helps to release buy goods impulsively, after being attracted pressure for consumers and prevent by adverts. Example: Many adverts of weight-controlling medicines.

2

businesses from doing over-marketing.

2

Customers

should

have

self-

protection.

People are often swayed by

Explanation: Consumers should develop an

advertisements.

understanding of the product and build

Explanation: They often buy things because

sufficient personal cognitive.

of the power, success and glamour associated with them. Example: Nike with Christiano Ronaldo.  Body 1: Topic sentence: There is no doubt that advertisements have detrimental effects on consumers. Idea 1: First of all, a lot of adverts create artificial needs. Explanation for idea 1: In fact, there have been a lot of people spent a great deal of money to buy goods impulsively, after being attracted by impressive and persuasive adverts.

Example for idea 1: For instance, many adverts of weight-controlling medicines have 264

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

been trying to create an illusion for customers that they are all overweight and just simply taking a few doses of those products, then a well-balanced body will be within hand's reach. Idea 2: Secondly, it is obvious that people are often swayed by advertisements. Explanation for idea 2: Indeed, they often buy things because of the power, success and glamour associated with them. Example for idea 2: Enterprises always take advantage of this point to boost their sales by promoting their brand's image with a high-end reputation or sticking their images with celebrities, like Nike with Christiano Ronaldo.  Body 2: Topic sentence: Nevertheless, there are some ways to tackle this problematic issue. Idea 1: The first solution for this situation is that the government should exert more control over advertising contents, as well as stipulate and implement strict consumer protection laws and regulations. Explanation for idea 1: In fact, not only this way helps to release pressure for consumers, but it also acts as a detergent preventing businesses from doing over-marketing. Idea 2: Another way to combat the issue is customers should have self-protection. Explanation for idea 2: To be more specific, consumers should develop an understanding of the product that they are searching for and how it is valued, as well as build sufficient personal cognitive defenses to protect themselves against advertisers' persuasion attempts. 3. Exercise 3

(testbig.com)

“Happiness if often considered difficult to define. Why is this? What factors determine happiness?”  PLANNING Step 1: Underline keywords in the topic question. This is a 2-part Question essay. Step 2: Plan the Structure This is a 2-part Question type of essay, and then the structure should be: • Introduction: Paraphrase the topic • Body 1: Answering the 1st question • Body 2: Answering the 2nd question • Conclusion: Paraphrase the topic Step 3: Plan ideas

265

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Body 1

1

Happiness means something different to each individual person.

Body 2

1

Our basic survival needs must surely be met.

Explanation: Nobody can fully understand or Explanation: Nobody can be happy if he or experience another person’s feelings. Example: Some people derive a sense of satisfaction from earning money or achieving

she is hungry and at risk.

2

Sharing experiences with family and friends.

success, whereas for others, health and family Explanation: Nobody likes to be lonely. are much more important.

2

Many other feelings may be associated with the idea of happiness.

Expansion: A person may therefore feel happy in a variety of different ways.  Body 1: Idea 1: Happiness is difficult to define because it means something different to each individual person. Explanation for idea 1: Nobody can fully understand or experience another person’s feelings, and we all have our own particular passions from which we take pleasure. Example for idea 1: Some people, for example, derive a sense of satisfaction from earning money or achieving success, whereas for others, health and family are much more important. Idea 2: At the same time, a range of other feelings, from excitement to peacefulness, may be associated with the idea of happiness, Expansion for idea 2: and the same person may therefore feel happy in a variety of different ways.  Body 2: Topic sentence: Although it seems almost impossible to give a precise definition of happiness, most people would agree that there are some basic preconditions to achieving it. Idea 1: Firstly, our basic survival needs must surely be met before we can lead a pleasant life. Explanation for idea 1: It is hard for a person to be happy if he or she does not have a safe 266

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

place to live and enough food to eat. Idea 2: Secondly, the greatest joy in life is usually found in shared experiences with family and friends, Explanation for idea 2: and it is rare to find a person who is content to live in complete isolation. (ielts-simon.com)

4. Exercise 4 1

c

5

d

2

e

6

a

3

f

7

h

4

g

8

b

5. Exercise 5 1

Public health campaigns

2

Have a balanced diet

3

Take regular exercise

4

Anxiety disorders

5

Weight problems

6. Exercise 6 1

Traffic congestion is one of the most serious problems in big cities and it has made people's lives more difficult. (ielts-mentor.com)

2

Some people think that strict punishments for driving offences are the key to reducing traffic accidents. (ielts-mentor.com)

3

Increasing the minimum legal driving age can help reduce traffic accidents, thus improving the safety of roads. (ielts-nguyenhuyen.com)

4

The best way to reduce the crime rate is that governments should impose stricter punishments on criminals.

5

Local authorities should install speed cameras to limit the speed which vehicles are allowed to travel.

267

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

PRACTICE 1. “Nowadays, the use of animal testing in medical research has become a hot topic. Some people believe that animal testing should be banned, whereas others claim it is necessary. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” On the one hand, there are clear ethical arguments against animal experimentation. To use a common example of this practice, laboratory mice may be given an illness so that the effectiveness of a new drug can be measured. Opponents of such research argue that humans have no right to subject animals to this kind of trauma, and that the lives of all creatures should be respected. They believe that the benefits to humans do not justify the suffering caused, and that scientists should use alternative methods of research. On the other hand, reliable alternatives to animal experimentation may not always be available. Supporters of the use of animals in medical research believe that a certain amount of suffering on the part of mice or rats can be justified if human lives are saved. They argue that opponents of such research might feel differently if a member of their own families needed a medical treatment that had been developed through the use of animal experimentation. Personally, I agree with the banning of animal testing for nonmedical products, but I feel that it may be a necessary evil where new drugs and medical procedures are concerned. (ielts-simon.com)

2. “More and more women are now going out to work and some women are now the major salary earner in the family. What are the causes of this, and what effect is this having on families and society?” Although the earning capacity of a woman in her lifetime is generally much less than that of a man, she can nevertheless make a significant contribution to the family income. The most important consequence of this is an improved quality of life. By helping to maintain a steady income for the family, the pressure on the husband is considerably reduced, hence improving both the husband's and the wife's emotional wellbeing. Additionally, the purchasing power of the family will also be raised. This means that the family can afford more luxuries such as foreign travel and a family car. A further effect on the family is the promotion of independence in the children. Some might argue that having both parents working might be damaging to the children because of a lack of parental attention. However, such children have to learn to look after themselves at an earlier age, and their parents often rely on them to help with the housework. This therefore teaches them important life skills. 268

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

As regards society, the most significant impact of women going to work is greater gender equality. There are an increasing number of women who are becoming politicians, lawyers, and even CEOs and company managers. This in turn has led to greater equality for women in all areas of life, not just employment. For example, women today have much stronger legal rights to protect themselves against domestic violence and sexual discrimination in the workplace. (eapfoundation.com)

3. “Some people say that if old people spend time and get along with others and exercise everyday they will become fit. However, nowadays old people are usually alone and do not talk to others which make them unhappy and unfit. Causes and solutions?” Elderly people are quiet vulnerable to loneliness and social solitude. There are multiple reasons because of which older people isolate themselves. Primarily, getting weak and dependent, aged people think of themselves as unproductive and a burden on their loved ones. Furthermore, death of a spouse would also have a deep impact as it might lead to depression. Retiring from work and suffering from disability and illness are other notable reasons that can lead to serious health degradation. Leisure and recreational activities are essential for living an active lifestyle. Numerous studies conducted indicate that exercising can help prevent symptoms of depression and dullness. Socializing with their companions is also equally significant. For example, elderly people can engage in activities such as group picnics, brain games, shopping and other leisure pursuits in order to preoccupy themselves. Family and friends can also help to reduce loneliness among older people. For example, taking out time from one’s busy schedule for the senior citizens and making them feel special in some way or the other. Old age homes can also be qualitatively improved. (ieltsband7.com)

4. “Despite a large number of gyms, a sedentary lifestyle is gaining popularity in the contemporary world. What problems are associated with this? What solutions can you suggest?” The main problems associated with inactive lifestyle are obesity and various spine and knee issues. Now-a-days people are physically inactive that is they do not involve in any type of physical exercise thus increasing the risk of becoming overweight. Increasing in weight leads to many health issues such as diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. Moreover, the all day long sitting affects not only the backbone but also causes joints pain. People who spend most of their time sealed to one place and one chair in wrong posture 269

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

may cause curve spine and various other issues such as osteoporosis and scoliosis. To exemplify, according to the recent studies more than 80 percent of people suffer from back and joint pain and some even have to go through keep replacement surgery. In my opinion, the solution to these worrying problems is to promote active lifestyle through various campaigns. People should be motivated to go to offices by riding cycles or through walking rather than driving cars. Furthermore, they should be made aware about the health effects through various advertisements and should be encouraged to undertake various exercising activities and to join gyms. Through regular physical exercising and walking will aid them to be more fit and healthy without any health issues. To elucidate, in many metropolitan cities more than 70 percent of people have become aware about importance daily workouts and benefits of riding cycle. (testbig.com)

5. “Some parents buy their children whatever they ask for, and allow their children to do whatever they want. Is this a good way to raise children? What consequences could this style of parenting have for children as they get older?” If parents want to raise respectful and well-behaved children, I believe that a certain amount of discipline is necessary. Having worked with children myself, I have learnt that clear expectations and boundaries are necessary, and it is important to be able to say ‘no’ to children when they misbehave or try to push against these boundaries. This is the only way to help young people to regulate their desires and develop self-control. In my view, parents who do the opposite and constantly give in to their children’s demands, are actually doing more harm than good. They are failing their children rather than being kind to them. The children of indulgent or lenient parents are likely to grow up with several negative personality traits. The first and most obvious danger is that these children will become self- centred adults who show little consideration for the feelings or needs of others. One consequence of such an attitude could be that these adults are unable to work successfully in teams with other colleagues. A second negative trait in such people could be impulsiveness. A person who has never lived with any boundaries is likely to lack the patience to carefully consider options before making decisions. This may lead, for example, to compulsive shopping, unwise financial decisions, or even criminal activity. (ielts-simon.com)

270

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

HOMEWORK 1. “Many people believe that all zoos should be closed, while others claim that zoos have a positive impact. Discuss both views and give your opinion.” These days, animals are under threat from humans in many ways, seen for example in the way that their habitats are being destroyed through the cutting down of rain forests, or through poaching. Following on from this, the argument is that zoos can protect some of these animals that are under threat. The reason is that they are in a safe environment managed by trained staff who can ensure the animals are looked after and can produce offspring. There are examples of successes in this respect, such as with Pandas, which have been endangered for many years but have been protected. However, there are more convincing arguments for why zoos should be shut down. Firstly, even though some species are under threat, there are lots of animals which do not fall into this category and who are there just for the entertainment of visitors. While it may be fun and educational to see them, animals are not meant to be caged, and their distress can often be seen in the way many of them pace back and forwards all day. Not only this, if the prime reason of zoos is to protect animals, this could be done in other environments such as wild life parks where the animals have more freedom. (ieltsbuddy.com)

2. “Today more people are overweight than ever before. What in your opinion are the primary causes of this? What are the main effects of this epidemic?” In my opinion, the foremost causes of obesity are inactive lifestyle and unhealthy eating habits. Today more and more people rely on cars instead of walking, have less physical demands at work and prefer inactive leisure activities. This results in burning less calories and gaining weight. Moreover, the problem is accentuated by the growing number of people, who eat irregularly and consume large portions of high-calorie food. For example, about 50% of the adult population in Europe with so-called disordered eating suffer from obesity. The possible effects of this problem include physical health problems and loss of productivity. First of all, obesity results in incorrect functioning of the human body and contributes to the risk of developing some chronic illnesses. For example, as body fat percentage increases, the person’s metabolism worsens, which in turn may result in diabetes or heart diseases. Secondly, overweight people are very unhealthy and often suffer from stress and tiredness. This lessens their work capacity and results in lower productivity. For example, it has been proven that an obese person needs to put more

271

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

effort to complete some task than a person with normal weight. (iels-up.com)

3. “Students leave high school without learning how to manage their money. What are the reasons and solutions for this issue?” Firstly, one of the main causes of this problem is that the majority of high school students live with their parents and are completely financially dependent upon them. Most students do not need to work to earn money while at high school, as their parents pay for all their needs, and therefore do not gain any understanding about the realities of earning and saving money. Usually, the only money that students receive is from their parents and this is typically in the form of pocket-money, which is given with the intent of it being spent. Therefore, young people only really learn how to spend money, and not how to earn, save or manage it wisely. However, there are a number of viable solutions to help students deal with this problem. Firstly, basic money management skills could be included as a compulsory subject for students in their high school years, which would help equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances when they leave school, move out of home and enter employment. The second possible step that could be taken to help curb this problem is through education at home. Parents need to take responsibility to make sure that their children are adequately educated in such matters to ensure their children maintain a successful and independent financial situation after graduating and leaving home. (ielts-share.com)

4. “More and more people now own cars. What are the problems associated with an increase in the usage of private cars? How can these problems be solved?” Firstly, overuse of private cars leads to traffic congestion. Every person has their own car, which means creating a lot of traffic. For instance, in metro cities, it is often seen that there is traffic jam more than an hour and people are blowing the horns, thus worsening the situation. Ultimately, all this cause frustration and stress for the people who cannot reach at their workplaces in due time. Moreover, the sound and environmental pollutions are increasing. Secondly, more motor vehicles mean more pollution. The harmful gases exhausted from the vehicle results in air pollution and leads to various health problems, for example, respiratory diseases such as asthma, bronchitis and so on. Moreover, ozone layer depletion as a consequence of pollution can cause skin problems. 272

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

The possible solution to these problems is to maximise the use of public transport. The government should aware the people to use public transport and put emphasis to legally control the private transportation. Furthermore, the use of public transport also saves the expenditure which we spend on buying own means of transportation. (ielts-mentor.com)

5. “Success is often measured by wealth and material belongings. Do you think wealth is the best measure of success? What makes a successful person?” Money and valuable material possessions are not best indicators of success. People struggle in their life to accumulate wealth in abundance, as many believe that wealth is ultimate goal of life, but it does not follow that all wealthy people are successful. Success is getting contended with one self, value in social circle, strength in family relations. A wealthy person might not be happy with his fate, as he could be struggling to achieve goals that he thinks are important to his life. Hence, money is not ultimate goal of every person. Achieving life goals makes a person successful. Every person sets goals in his life which he makes efforts to achieve, getting these goals give him sense of satisfaction with himself and his life, that sense of satisfaction is success. Take, for example, I personally know a guy who spent all his life to earn enough money to build a small home for his children. After forty years of savings, ultimately, he succeeded to build small home for his children in year 2015, he was satisfied with his efforts that he finally accomplished his goals. In my opinion, he was among successful people in 2015. (testbig.com)

273

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

CONCLUSION 1. Exercise 1 “Some people think that all university students should only be allowed to study subjects that will be useful in the future such as those related to science and technology. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” Introduction: It is widely thought that all universities should only allow their students to study subjects which will be helpful in the future such as science-based subjects. I completely disagree with this point of view. (Adapted from ielts-mentor.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Thought = acknowledge • Universities = higher education • Subjects = majors • Helpful = useful • Science-based subjects = subjects related to science • Point of view = opinion  Conclusion: In Conclusion, I am not of the opinion that the higher education should force students to study only some useful majors such as subjects related to science. I strongly believe that undergraduates have a right to study a large range of disciplines to enhance their abilities and knowledge. 2. Exercise 2 “In some countries young people are encouraged to work or travel for a year between finishing high school and starting university studies. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages for young people who decided to do this.” Introduction: Before enrolling in college, many young people are advised that a year working or travelling may be a good option. This essay will suggest that saving money is the biggest advantage of this and a reduced motivation to study is the primary disadvantage. (Adapted from jolo.edu.vn)

274

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Enrolling in = apply to • College = tertiary education • Young people = the young • A year working or travelling = a gap year • Good = beneficial • Option = decision • Advantage = good side • Disadvantage = negative impact  Conclusion: In Conclusion, having a gap year before applying to tertiary education has both good side and negative impacts. 3. Exercise 3 “It is becoming increasingly popular to have a year off between finishing school and going to university. Do the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?” Introduction: Nowadays, many high school graduates decide to take a one-year break, before starting university. While there are several certain benefits for students who do this, I believe there are far more drawbacks. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • High school graduates = students graduating from high school • Decide = choose • Take a one-year break = take a year off • Starting university = going to college • Several = a lot of • Benefits = advantages • Drawbacks = shortages  Conclusion: To sum up, I strongly believe that taking a year off before going to college brings more advantages to students graduating from high school than shortages.

275

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

4. Exercise 4 “In many countries, the quality of life in the large cities is worsening. What possibly can cause this problem? What measures can be taken to resolve it?” Introduction: There is a decline in the quality of life witnessed in a huge number of countries across the globe. This essay will point out the reasons behind this and suggest some possible solutions to overcome the problems of city residents. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Decline = decrease • Quality of life = life quality • Witness = experience • A huge number of countries = several nations • Across the globe = all over the world • Possible solutions = potential methods • Overcome = tackle • City residents = people in urban areas  Conclusion: In Conclusion, although there are a number of factors causing the decrease in the life quality of people in urban areas all over the world, people still can make some potential methods to tackle this issue. 5. Exercise 5 “Many people prefer to watch foreign films rather than locally produced films. Why could this be? Should governments give more financial support to local film industries?” Introduction: It is true that foreign films are more popular in many countries than domestically produced films. There could be several reasons why this is the case, and I believe that governments should promote local film-making by sponsoring the industry. (ielts-simon.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Foreign films = films produced by foreign countries • Are more popular = have higher reputation • Many countries = a lot of nations 276

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

• Domestically produced films = local films • Several reasons = a number of reasons • Governments = authorities • Promote = encourage • Sponsor = support  Conclusion: In Conclusion, although there are a number of reasons explaining the higher reputation of films produced by foreign countries compared to local films, I think that authorities can encourage this industry by supporting it financially. 6. Exercise 6 1

B

6

D

2

D

7

C

3

A

8

A

4

B

9

D

5

C

10 A

7. Exercise 7 1

People need a lot of time to get used to living in a new country.

2

Researches into space explorations can lead to new cutting-edge technology.

3

Handwriting skills are still essential even in today’s modern world.

4

The best way to tackle the problem of littering is to have more bins available.

5

The government should spend more money on the arts in order to protect cultural identity.

6

An increasing number of people are choosing to travel by cars rather than public transports.

7

If students are involved in making decisions about how a school is run, it might lead to problems.

8

While some people think that children should be given more homework, others believe that children should be free to enjoy their leisure time.

9

Because of the lack of exercise taken by average people, obesity and other weight related problems are on the rise.

10 The second solution that can be adopted is that an emergency fund should be raised to help the victims.

277

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

8. Exercise 8 1

Mother and father both play a crucial role in the upbringing of children. Some people believe that women often make better parents than men while others claim that men are as well as women at parenting. I am personally of the opinion that women make better parents.

2

Some people go to universities to get further education to enhance their horizon or to improve their job position and salary. Others go to the college and universities to let the world know that they are educated. Funny this may seem but many people simply consider the higher education as a status they are required to get a higher position on the society.

3

To sum up, I think both cities and rural areas have their own charm. Cities have more busy and hectic life but have better facilities, rural areas, on the contrary, have more relaxing lifestyle but lack in up-to-date technologies.

PRACTICE 1. a. “Full time university students spend most of the time studying. They should be doing other activities too. To what extent do you agree or disagree?” Introduction: It is widely argued nowadays that full-time undergraduates at university should engage in other activities instead of staying concentrated on their studies only. I strongly agree with this opinion. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Nowadays = these days • Undergraduates at university = university students • Engage in = spend time for • Concentrate on = focus on • Strongly agree = strongly concur  Conclusion: In Conclusion, I strongly concur that university students should not only focus on studying but also spend time for other activities.

278

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

b. “Having more money and less free time is better than earning less money and having more free time. Discuss both views.” Introduction: In the busy pace of modern life, many people are facing a difficult choice between money and spare time. While a number of individuals believe that having much free time is more important than earning a lot of money, it is widely argued that having more income and less odd times is a better option. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Busy = hectic • Facing = dealing • Difficult choice = challenging option • Money = finance • Spare time = free time • A number of individuals = many people • Having much free time = being relaxed • Important = crucial • Earning a lot of money = earning high income  Conclusion: In Conclusion, it is hard to deny that both earning high income and being relaxed after exhausting days of work are crucial in this hectic life. c. “Some people think that e-books are the death of paper books while others think that paper books will never disappear. Discuss both sides and give your opinion.” Introduction: In the era of technology, e-books has being increasingly popular with people. While it is widely argued that with the evolution of e-books, traditional paper books are no longer necessary, I am in the opinion that printed books would never be replaced with any other types of materials. Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Era of technology = modern world • Being increasingly popular = more and more popular • The evolution = the development • Traditional paper books = printed books • Necessary = essential • I am in the opinion = i believe 279

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

 Conclusion: To sum up, despite the development of technology, I believe that online books cannot take the place of printed ones, even in this modern world. d. “In some countries the average weight of people is increasing and their level of health and fitness is decreasing. What do you think are the causes of these problems and what measures could be taken to solve them?” Introduction: Many nations in the world are witnessing an increase in the weight of their citizens which declines the quality of health and fitness. This essay will discuss the reasons behind this problem and suggest some possible measures that can be taken to address this issue. (Adapted from ieltsband7.com)

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Many nations = a lot of countries • Witnessing = experience • An increase = a rise • Citizens = residents • Decline = decrease • Quality of health and fitness = health quality • Reasons = factors • Measures = solutions • Address = deal with  Conclusion To conclude, there are a lot of solutions that countries on the globe can make to deal with the decrease in residents’ health quality. e. “Some parents buy their children whatever they ask for, and allow their children to do whatever they want. Is this a good way to raise children? What consequences could this style of parenting have for children as they get older?” Introduction: Nowadays, some parents easily satisfy every demand of their children instead of imposing necessary discipline on them. From my perspectives, this way of educating may have many negative impacts on children in the future.

280

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Now, paraphrase some words in the Introduction above: • Nowadays = these days • Satisfy = give someone whatever they want • Demand = needs • Children = offspring • Imposing necessary discipline on = set rules and boundaries • From my perspectives = in my view • Way of educating = education method  Conclusion: In Conclusion, in my view, although it is tempting to give children whatever they want, parents ought to set rules and boundaries, and to be careful with how they reward them. (Adapted from ilts.vn)

2. 1

Fire was invented by pre-historic humans thousands of years ago and it is one of the most important inventions in history.

2

It is a fact that smart phone helps us a lot in our daily life.

3

The constant robberies of tourists annoy many local people.

4

One-third of the population does not have enough to eat.

5

However, people now tend to rely a lot on technological inventions, which might make us lazier than ever before.

6

New species of insects are discovered by scientists every year.

7

Dinosaurs existed millions of years ago.

8

There are many reasons why children nowadays are so interested in using social networking sites.

9

Evidently, smart phone helps remove the geographical barriers and brings people closer.

3. 1

In recent years, a growing number of people have begun to challenge the existing practice of sending criminal to prison. They argue that law offenders should be punished to do something for the public. It is quite natural that people seldom reach a complete agreement on such a controversial issue. (books.google.com.vn)

281

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

2

To sum up, our customs have values and are an important part of our culture. Therefore, I do not believe that we should abandon our tradition customs when we move to another country. At the same time, I believe that we should learn the customs of the new land we move to and follow those that appeal us. In this way, we can remember and celebrate our old culture while adapting to the new one.

3

The first factor that can be seen by every people is that a salary should not be so low. Most people will be married and have children, so they need a stable income because of their family responsibilities even when they are not satisfied with their jobs. In addition, to live a more comfortable life is a part of human nature. All these things need a certain amount of money.

4

To bring family members closer, people put forward various suggestions. Firstly, never bring our work home but leave it in our offices. We should spare more time with family members no matter how busy we are. Secondly, try to set aside some time for regular family dinners because dinner time is a perfect time and opportunity for people to exchange their feelings and ideas. Last but not least, we should teach children a sense of family when they are still young and help them form some good habits like writing letters and making telephone calls to each other. (books.google.com.vn)

HOMEWORK 1. Write the Introduction and Conclusion for the following topic questions. a. “’Prevention is better than cure’. Researching and treating diseases is too costly so it would be better to invest in preventative measures. To what extent do you agree?” Introduction: “Prevention is better than cure” is a controversial topic that raises argument among both authorities and citizens around the world. Some people believe that we should focus the investment on medical treatments while many insist that diseases treating are more expensive than preventative methods so the society should spend more money on preventing plans. I definitely agree with this point of view. Conclusion: In Conclusion, although researching medical treatments is important, developing diseases preventing method should not be underestimated and the government need to invest a big budget on it. (testbig.com)

282

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

b. “Some people prefer to devote their whole lives to one company, while others tend to jump from job to job. Discuss both views.” Introduction: Opinions differ as to whether it is better to stick to one company, or to change jobs from to time. Both views have distinct advantages, but I prefer the second one. (Adapted from bereadyielts.com)

Conclusion: To conclude, we would prefer to work for different companies that could share us specific advantages to build confidence as well as give us the opportunity to pursue bigger challenges and familiar with diverse kind of industries. (ielts-mentor.com)

c. “Some people think that it is more beneficial to take part in sports which are played in teams, like football, while other people think that taking part in individual sports, like tennis or swimming, is better. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.” Introduction: People have different views about which type of sports is better for them to participate in. While there are certain benefits of playing team sports, I would argue that taking part in individual sports is a better option. Conclusion: In Conclusion, while team sports bring about undeniable benefits, I believe people should devote more of their spare time to playing individual sports. (ielts-quangthang.com)

d. “All over the world, societies are facing a growing problem with obesity. This problem affects both children and adults. What are the reasons for this rise in obesity? How could it be tackled?” Introduction: In modern life, the problem of obesity upsurges day by day. Increasing rate of overweight children and adult is a major issue in some countries, especially developed-countries. There are various reasons behind it but in this essay I will try to sum up it into some main causes and give particular way to deal with each reason.

283

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

Conclusion: To conclude, although the problem of obesity is alarming in around the world, there are still effective ways to deal with like some solutions above. As long as people have to seriously maintain their healthy diet and spend more time for physical activities. (chuawritingmienphi.com) e. “The success of a country is often determined by their economic power. Is this the most important factor? What other factors should be used to measure a country’s success?” Introduction: The relative success of different countries is usually defined in economic terms. There are several other factors, apart from the economy, that could be used to assess a country, and in my opinion education is the most important of all. Conclusion: In Conclusion, nations can be assessed and compared in a variety of ways, but I would argue that the standard of a country's education system is the best measure of its success. (ielts-simon.com)

2. a

Online shopping applications such as Shopee or Tiki help us save time as we do not have to go to traditional market as usually we did in the past.

b Freezing cold weather can be a great joy to some people; however, to others, it is terrible. c

Native speakers often speak fast, which makes students embarrassed to ask them to repeat.

d To some students, British food is strange because it may be cooked differently or tasted differently. e

In my opinion, living in big cities is more advantageous than living in the countryside.

f

Online shopping is increasing in popularity because of its convenience.

g

Efforts to reduce the consequences that are caused by rising temperature should be done in a global scale.

h Many overseas students find that understanding other students is a bigger problem than understanding their teachers. i

It is widely believed that learning a foreign language is very important to a child’s early development.

284

Trung tâm anh ngữ WISE ENGLISH

3. 1D

2C

3C

4C

5A

4. 1

Animals play an important role in the progress of human beings. For instance, such animals as monkeys or rabbits are used in medical researches. Animal testing has dramatically improved the health of human beings. Without animal testing, many patients would suffer from and even die of their diseases. However, despite these benefits, I believe that animals should not be used for testing medical techniques and drugs.

2

Second, not all experiments are necessary. Nowadays, animals are used in too many experiments. Some diseases are not common ones and will not lead to peoples’ death. Furthermore, with the fast development of science and technology, other alternatives have been found to replace animal testing. For example, computer simulation can achieve similar results.

3

Constantly listening and speaking in a foreign language is tiring. Although you may have learned English very thoroughly, it is possible that the regional accents you discover when you arrive in UK make the language harder to understand than you thought. People may also speak quicker and you may feel too embarrassed at asking them to repeat what they have said. (issuu.com)

4

Our planet gives us everything we need, but natural resources are not endless. Strip mining devastates the whole regional environment, leaving bare and useless ground. Deforestation removes old trees that cannot be replaced. Too much fishing may reduce fish populations to the point where they cannot recover. We are too careless when taking what we want without giving anything back. (ilearning.fltrp.com)

285

SỨ MỆNH Giúp các bạn trẻ Việt Nam THAY ĐỔI phương pháp học tiếng Anh theo TƯ DUY NÃO BỘ (NLP) và NGÔN NGỮ để chinh phục ngôn ngữ này một cách NHANH NHẤT và HIỆU QUẢ NHẤT. “Study Smarter, Not Harder”.

PHƯƠNG PHÁP HỌC Dựa trên các nguyên tắc nền tảng của Khoa học Tư duy Não bộ (Neuro-Linguistic Programming) và Khoa học Ngôn ngữ (Linguistics).

Thank Thank you you CÔNG TY TNHH TƯ VẤN VÀ GIÁO DỤC WISE Cơ sở: 146 Hàm Nghi - Đà Nẵng | Hotline: (+84) 901 270 888 Cơ sở: 514 Hoàng Diệu - Đà Nẵng | Hotline: (+84) 901 290 777 E-mail: [email protected] | Web: www.wiseenglish.vn Fanpage: fb.com/wiseenglish.vn | SĐT: (+84) 2366 566 777